Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / IGas Energy / FY2021 Annual Report

IGas Energy
Annual Report 2021

IGAS · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker IGAS
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · IGas Energy
Loading PDF…
IGas Energy plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Welcome to IGas Energy plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Our purpose is to provide energy 
needed today while also generating 
low-carbon sources of energy for 
tomorrow. 

Our vision is to be a leading onshore 
provider of energy in a net zero world.

Our strategy is to create value 
for shareholders and society in 
a sustainable way through the 
successful development, efficient 
operation and responsible ownership 
of energy infrastructure and 
businesses.

Read more about our business
www.igasplc.com 

Operational 
Performance

•  Net production, in line with guidance, 
averaged 1,962 boepd for the year  
(2020: 1,907 boepd)

•  Reserves and Resources updated  

CPR values 1P NPV10 of $139 million:  
2P NPV10 of $190 million

•  Whilst the effective moratorium remains  

in place, the Government has commissioned 
the British Geological Survey to advise 
on the latest scientific evidence around 
shale gas extraction with a report expected 
before the end of June 2022

•  Government support for deep geothermal 
through the Green Heat Network Fund

•  Signed geothermal agreement  

with SSE to develop the district heat 
network in Stoke-on-Trent 

•  Collaborations with Cornish Lithium 

and CeraPhi extending the geothermal 
portfolio

•  Planning submitted for our first hydrogen 

projects in the South East

•  Solar collaboration with Iona Capital 
•  Presented with RoSPA President’s Award 
for 15th consecutive year of Occupational 
Health & Safety

  Read more on pages 10 to 13

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Financial Performance

Contents

Revenues

£37.9m

2021

2020

Net debt*

£12.2m

2021

2020

Loss after tax

£(6.0)m

2021

2020

Net assets

£68.6m

£37.9m

2021

£21.6m

2020

£68.6m

£73.3m

Adjusted EBITDA* 

£5.9m

£12.2m

2021

£12.2m

2020

Operating cash flow before working  
capital movements

£7.4m

£(6.0)m

2021

£(42.1)m

2020

Cash and cash equivalents

Underlying operating profit/(loss)*

£3.3m

2021

2020

£2.0m

£3.3m

2021

£2.4m

2020

*  These are non-IFRS alternative performance measures which are further  

explained on page 17.

£5.9m

£4.0m

£7.4m

£3.3m

£2.0m

£(1.4)m

Strategic Report
Financial and Operational Performance 

Our Marketplace 

Chairman’s Statement 

Our Stakeholders 

CEO’s Statement/Operating Review 

Financial Review 

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) 

Risk Management 

Sustainable and Responsible Business 

Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance Statement 

Board of Directors 

Executive Committee 

Corporate Governance  

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report  

Financial Statements
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  
in respect of the financial statements 

Independent Auditors’ Report  
to the members of IGas Energy plc 

Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

Consolidated Financial Statements  
– Notes 

Parent Company Balance Sheet 

Parent Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 

Parent Company Financial Statements 
– Notes 

01
01

01

02

04

06

10

14

18

20

22

24

28

30

32

36

42

44

45

52 

52

53

54

55

56

90

91

92

93

Oil and Gas Reserves 
IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests 
Glossary 
General Information 

109 
110 
112 
113

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements0202

Our Marketplace

Energy in Transition

“The design of the policy 
framework to reduce 
UK industry emissions 
must ensure it does not 
drive industry overseas, 
which would not help to 
reduce global emissions, 
and be damaging to the 
UK economy.”

A key recommendation made by the 
Committee on Climate Change (CCC),  
in its Net Zero report

Commodity Prices
Crude oil prices rose in 2021 as increasing 
COVID-19 vaccination rates, loosening 
pandemic-related restrictions, and a growing 
economy resulted in global petroleum 
demand rising faster than petroleum supply. 
The spot price of Brent crude started the year 
at $50/barrel and increased to a high of $86/
barrel in late October before declining in the 
final weeks of the year.

Gas in particular was affected by supply 
constraints in various major producing 
regions including Russia, which has limited 
exports of gas, and the war in Ukraine stalled 
the start-up of the Nord Stream 2 export 
pipeline into Germany. In addition, there was 
unseasonably low gas storage inventories 
across Europe with many sites operating 
below 50% resulting in gas prices in 
November being 435% higher compared  
to 12 months earlier.

The unfolding humanitarian catastrophe 
resulting from Russia’s invasion of Ukraine 
has rocked the world and the repercussions 
of this action are being felt, leading many 
countries to reassess their reliance on 
Russian energy supplies. The events have 
increased geopolitical risks and provide a 
stark reminder of the importance of energy 
security. The sanctions imposed on Russia 
have caused disruption to international trade 
and dislocations in energy markets, tightening 
oil and gas markets significantly and causing 
prices to soar. Gas prices, in particular, have 
hit record levels reflecting the reliance on 
Russia to supply European gas markets and 
our limited alternatives. Given this backdrop, 
the national and local benefits of indigenous 
oil and gas supplies remain clear and even 
more compelling, with a positive impact on 
emissions versus imports and LNG, energy 
security, the balance of payments through  
tax and business rates and employment.

UK Political Review & the Energy 
Transition
The UK government published a number  
of strategy papers ahead of the UN 
Climate Summit COP26 in Glasgow  
in November 2021 that are relevant 
to the IGas transition businesses.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20210303

“To transform the national heating system, we 
need to replace many of the existing sources 
of heat with a variety of energy efficient, 
low-carbon technologies. We see heat pumps, 
heat networks and hydrogen as potentially 
playing a pivotal role in decarbonising heat. 
But we recognise that other technologies 
such as bioenergy, geothermal heat, and 
storage heaters may be a more viable 
alternative in some cases.”

As you will read in the Operating Review 
on page 12 the Company has been actively 
engaged with BEIS and senior ministers 
regarding future financial support for the 
deep geothermal industry.

Deep Geothermal Energy – 
Opportunities in the UK
44% of the UK’s energy demand is for 
heating homes and other buildings, which 
accounts for 37% of the UK’s greenhouse  
gas emissions.

The CCC stated that only decarbonisation 
of heat in the UK could deliver the major 
reduction in emissions needed to meet the 
2050 net zero target. 

In May 2021, a new industry report on the 
economic and environmental importance of 
UK deep geothermal resource by the ARUP 
Group and the Association for Renewable 
Energy and Clean Technology (REA) was 
published. The report estimates that, with 
immediate Government support, the UK 
could deliver 360 geothermal projects  
by 2050.

By delivering on average 12 heat projects 
per year over the next three decades, the 
UK could expect to generate up to 15,000 
GW hours (GWh) of heat from geothermal, 
annually by 2050. 

There would be significant economic benefits, 
generating £1.5 billion of investment and the 
creation of around 10,000 direct jobs and 
25,000 indirect jobs. 

As we transition from fossil fuels to lower 
carbon alternatives, the core skills deployed 
in the oil and gas sector, such as sub-surface 
well engineering and drilling, are highly 
transferable to geothermal.

The full report can be found at http://www.
igasplc.com/media/40957/deep-geothermal-
energy-opportunities-for-the-uk.pdf

What 360 geothermal plants by 
2050 means to the UK

Space heating

2m homes

Equivalent heating for over 2 million homes

Heat

>3,600 MWth

Total capacity (>15,000 GWh per year)

Electricity

25 to 50 MWe

(200 to 400 GWh)

Workforce opportunities

>10,000

Direct jobs

>25,000

Indirect jobs

Plants

>3.5bn

Capital costs (drilling, casing, power plants)

Carbon saving

3mgt

Up to 3 megaton annual carbon saving

“By delivering on 
average 12 heat 
projects per year over 
the next three decades, 
the UK could expect to 
generate up to 15,000 
GW hours (GWh) of 
heat from geothermal, 
annually by 2050.”

In August 2021, the UK’s first ever Hydrogen 
Strategy drives forward the commitments laid 
out in the Ten Point Plan for a green industrial 
revolution by setting the foundation for how 
the UK government will work with industry 
to meet its ambition for 5GW of low carbon 
hydrogen production capacity by 2030.

The strategy highlights the importance of 
blue hydrogen (methane derived): “As set out 
in the Hydrogen Strategy, as we shift to low 
carbon production and scale up our ambition 
through the 2020s, we expect the main 
production methods to be steam methane 
reformation with carbon capture utilisation 
and storage (CCUS).”

The plan for Albury and Bletchingley is to 
deliver blue hydrogen in the second phase 
and IGas has engaged with the Department 
for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy 
(BEIS) in respect of these projects and how 
they will fit with the development of a UK 
standard for low carbon hydrogen.

In October 2021, the Government released 
its Heat and Buildings Strategy and its Net 
Zero Strategy: Build Back Greener. The heat 
and buildings strategy is largely focused on 
domestic heat, with very little on industrial 
decarbonisation of heat where there remains 
a policy gap. It does, however, recognise the 
potential for deep geothermal heat:

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements04

Chairman’s Statement

Resilient and innovative

It is hard to believe that we  
have all lived through another 
12 months of COVID-19 – a crisis 
unprecedented in living memory.

Against the backdrop of this crisis and 
its impact on commodity prices, market 
conditions and restrictions on movement 
of people and materials, IGas weathered 
the storm in 2021 with both motivation and 
determination. Operations, maintenance 
and project activities were all directly and 
indirectly impacted by COVID-19 which 
inevitably affected production. There has 
been a strong focus on health, safety and 
wellbeing across the business and further 
progress has been made in the Company’s 
diversification strategy. Cash resources 
were also carefully managed, having taken 
a number of actions to conserve cash in the 
prior year. 

Read about our financial performance  
on pages 14 to 17.

As worldwide economic activity levels 
increased, there were fluctuations in 
commodity prices over the period. UK gas 
prices reached historic highs due to increasing 
worldwide demand, supply issues and 
competition for Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), 
reinforcing the need for the UK to maintain 
secure indigenous supplies of oil and gas  
as we transition to net zero by 2050. 

Read more in Our Marketplace on pages  
02 and 03. 

Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) issues remained a key priority during 
2021. As a further commitment to corporate 
sustainability, we became a signatory to the 
United Nations Global Compact, pledging  
to meet fundamental responsibilities in four 
areas: human rights, labour, environment  
and anti-corruption. 

“IGas recognises the need to respond to 
climate change and the critical role of 
the energy industry in addressing these 
environmental challenges.”

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202105

Our values

Respect

Respect is paramount, for our 
people, our environment, our 
partners and the safety of others.

Performance

Performing to the highest 
standards internally and 
externally and delivering  
against our targets.

Transparency

We are honest about what 
we do, how we do it and the 
challenges we face. We are open 
to challenge, to discussion and  
to improving how we work to 
reflect our values.

Collaboration

We take on challenges and  
find solutions through mutual 
trust, knowledge sharing  
and teamwork.

Commitment

We are fully committed to 
preserving the environment 
and providing safe and healthy 
working conditions. 

IGas recognises the need to respond to 
climate change and the critical role of 
the energy industry in addressing these 
environmental challenges. The Group's 
existing operational expertise as the UK's 
largest onshore operator gives us the 
opportunity to use our existing business 
platform to play an important role in the  
UK's transition to net zero. 

Read more about ESG in our Sustainable  
and Responsible Business section on pages  
22 to 23.

Board
I have served on the Board of the Company 
since December 2012 and as Interim Non-
executive Chairman since October 2019, and 
as announced at the start of the year, have 
decided to step down from the Board at 
the conclusion of the 2022 Annual General 
Meeting (AGM). Over the last 10 years, IGas 
has grown to be one of the largest onshore 
oil and gas players in the UK and is now 
embarking on the next chapter of its journey, 
as it positions itself at the heart of the  
UK energy transition.

I am delighted that Chris Hopkinson is to 
succeed me as Chairman. We welcomed  
Chris to the Board in January this year, as a 
Non-executive Director, and I know that he 
will be an effective leader for the Company. 
He has been very engaged in the business 
ahead of him taking up his role as Chair. 

In February 2022, we also welcomed Kate 
Coppinger to the IGas Board who brings with 
her Board-level expertise, drawing on over  
20 years advising energy companies. 

We are delighted that we have been able to 
strengthen the diversity of the Board, which 
has been a key objective of the Nomination 
Committee. These appointments now bring us 
in line with the best practice as recommended 
by the QCA Code. 

Read about the new Board member’s 
experience on page 29.

Hans Årstad, Non-executive Director,  
resigned from the Board at the May 2021  
AGM. On behalf of the Board, I thank him  
for his contribution.

People
The strength of a business is built on the 
hard work and dedication of all its people 
and this year has highlighted the resilience 
of all our colleagues and their ability to work 
together in times of crisis. I would like to 
thank them for their outstanding work during 
an extremely demanding year.

Outlook
I sincerely hope that the worst of the 
pandemic is now behind us, however, we are 
in unchartered geopolitical territory, with the 
unfolding atrocities in Ukraine. Our thoughts 
are with everyone whose lives have been 
affected by Russia’s actions. 

Clearly this will have far reaching impacts on 
society and on global commodity prices and 
need for energy independence.

In light of current, and likely to continue, 
high gas prices we must focus the debate on 
energy where gas contributes around 40% 
of the UK’s energy requirements, not solely 
on electricity. Over 80% of our homes are 
heated by gas and industry is reliant on it; 
this cannot in the short to medium term be 
replaced by wind or solar and under any of 
the Climate Change Committee’s scenarios 
the UK needs gas beyond 2050.

Developing UK shale gas resources can 
reduce gas prices, reduce the country’s carbon 
footprint by replacing imports, improve our 
balance of payments and the country’s tax 
revenues, and lead to job creation in areas 
where they are most needed, as part of the 
Government’s levelling up agenda.

Comparing UK spot gas prices with US spot gas 
prices at a fraction of the cost, demonstrates 
how a domestic gas supply can decouple gas 
prices from expensive LNG prices. 

As a business, we remain firmly focused on 
cost and capital discipline whilst building 
our business for the future. We will continue 
to invest prudently in our existing cash-
generative assets, to create future shareholder 
value and move ahead purposefully with our 
low-carbon energy businesses.

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non-executive Chairman

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements06

Our Stakeholders

Understanding the importance of 
meaningful stakeholder engagement

“These are 
extraordinary times, 
and we recognise 
that we have a 
responsibility to all 
our stakeholders.”

We believe that to secure our 
long-term success, we must take 
account of what is important to 
our key stakeholders. This is best 
achieved through proactive and 
effective engagement.

These are extraordinary times, and we 
recognise that we have a responsibility to 
all our stakeholders. Through our strategy of 
engagement, existing relationships with our 
key stakeholders and our understanding of 
their key concerns and issues, we have been 
able to work closely alongside them during 
the pandemic.

The Board of Directors confirm that during the 
year under review, it has acted to promote 
the long-term success of the Company for the 
benefit of shareholders, whilst having due 
regard to the matters set out in section 172(1)
(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006.

The Act provides that IGas Directors must act 
in a way that they consider in good faith and 
would be most likely to promote the success 
of IGas for the benefit of shareholders as a 
whole. In doing so, IGas Directors must have 
regard, amongst other things, to the factors 
set out below: 

•  the likely consequences of any decision  

in the long term; 

•  the interests of IGas’s colleagues; 

•  the need to foster the Company’s business 

relationships;

•  the impact of IGas’s operations on the 

community and the environment;

•  the desirability of the Company 

maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly for all our members.

The Sustainable and Responsible Business 
Report (pages 22 and 23) and the Corporate 
governance section (pages 32 to 35) set out  
in more detail how the Board has approached 
its duties under Section 172.

The Board has direct engagement principally 
with its employees and shareholders but is 
also kept fully apprised of the material issues 
of other stakeholders through the Executive 
Director, reports from senior management 
and external advisers.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202107

Investors
The Board considers investors in its broadest 
sense including equity and debt investors, 
alongside analysts. We adopt an open and 
transparent approach with our investors and 
they play an important role in helping shape 
our strategy and monitoring our governance.

Government and Regulators
We take a constructive, positive approach to 
working with local authorities to ensure high 
quality planning applications are submitted. 
Similarly, we maintain positive and proactive 
relationships with Government departments, 
such as BEIS, via regular dialogue and 
correspondence.

A Highly Regulated Onshore Industry
The UK is recognised as a leading example 
for oil and gas industry regulation. Onshore 
oil and gas regulation is handled by four 
separate bodies. We are subject to regular 
operational inspections, both scheduled and 
unannounced, to ensure we are always fully 
compliant.

The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) 
monitors oil and gas operations from a well 
integrity and site safety perspective. It ensures 
that safe working practices are adopted by 
onshore operators as required under the 
Health and Safety at Work Act 1974, and 
regulations made under the Act.

The role of environment regulation is handled 
by the Environment Agency (EA). 

Onshore oil and gas exploratory activities 
require environmental permits issued under 
the Environmental Permitting Regulations 
(EPR 2010) and other permissions from the 
environmental regulator, depending on the 
methods used and the geology of the site. 

The environmental regulator is also a statutory 
consultee during the planning application and 
also in the assessment of the Environmental 
Impact Assessment if this is required.

BEIS/North Sea Transition Authority (NSTA)
Under the Petroleum Act of 1998, the Crown 
has all ownership rights to hydrocarbon 
resources in the UK. Responsibility for 
administration on behalf of the Crown falls  
to the Secretary of State for BEIS, supported 
by the NSTA as an independent body.

Regulators

BEIS issues a Petroleum Exploration and 
Development Licence (PEDL), which gives a 
company or group of companies (a joint venture) 
exclusive rights to explore for, and develop, the 
resource in a particular defined area.

The Health and Safety Regulator
HSE’s primary function is to secure the 
health, safety and welfare of people at 
work and protect others from risks to 
health and safety from work activity.

Mineral Planning Authority (MPA)
MPAs (as part of local councils) grant  
planning permission for the location of any 
wells and well pads, and impose conditions  
to ensure that the impact on the use of the 
land is acceptable.

The Environmental Regulator 
The role of environment regulation is 
handled by the Environment Agency (EA).

BEIS/North Sea Transition 
Authority
The NSTA regulates and influences the oil, 
gas and carbon storage industries.

Mineral Planning Authority
The MPA grants planning permission and 
oversee our activities.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements08

Our Stakeholders 
continued

Employees 
The interests of our employees and wider 
workforce are important to the Directors 
because they are key stakeholders of the 
Company. We aim to create a working 
environment in which all individuals can 
make best use of their skills, free from 
discrimination or harassment, and in which 
all decisions are based on merit. We are 
an inclusive and respectful employer that 
welcomes diversity and promotes equality. 

We want to continue to be an employer of 
choice, attracting and retaining the brightest 
and the best talent as our business adapts to 
a constantly changing business environment. 
The talents, skills and values of the people 
that work for IGas enable it to fulfil its 
purpose, achieve strategic goals and manage 
principal risks. That is why decent work and 
economic growth is one of the United Nation’s 
Sustainable Development Goals adopted  
by IGas.

Employees are kept informed of changes in 
the business and any general financial and 
economic factors influencing the Group. 
We are always looking at ways to improve 
communications and to motivate employees 
which, for 2021, included a wide-ranging 
Safety Initiative review generating nearly 
600 comments, 63 questions and 22 practical 
suggestions as to ways in which we might 
improve the way we work and interact.

Gender diversity

4

21

3

9

Excom

Board

Workforce

135

2021: 0/4 (2020: 0/5)
M  F  Board:  
2021: 3/9 (2020: 3/9)
M  F  Excom:  
M  F  Workforce:  2021: 21/135 (2020: 21/133)

IGas values the views of its employees and 
consults with them about matters that affect 
them and the business. We engage with our 
employees in a number of ways:

•  Workplace & virtual ‘town hall’ meetings;

•  Tool box talks (for operators in the field);

•  Employee newsletters;

•  Notice boards and monthly ‘All Staff’ email 

updates; and

•  Management briefings and site visits.

In addition to the ongoing delivery of 
individual and functional (competency-based) 
training, in light of the global pandemic, we 
have continued to provide guidance and 
training to staff on safety, health and hygiene, 
homeworking and mental health throughout 
the year. As part of our regular ‘All Staff’ 
monthly training programme, staff successfully 
completed a range of courses covering topics 
such as Health & Safety for Homeworkers, 
Cyber Security Awareness, UK Data Protection 
and Whistleblowing, as well as other 
obligatory courses covering Unconscious Bias 
for Employees, Modern Slavery and Equality 
& Diversity.

We recognise the importance of cognitive 
and emotional wellbeing in our workforce 
and the last two years during the COVID-19 
pandemic have presented challenges across 
the teams. Where possible we have supported 
flexible working patterns and promoted online 
social interaction. We also plan to review our 
mental health and resilience offerings as well 
as introducing training for mental health first 
aiders within the business.

Suppliers
We outsource a number of our activities to 
third party suppliers and providers. As a result, 
it is crucial that we develop strong working 
relationships and our collaborative approach 
results in long-term relationships.

“During 2021, the 
IGas Community 
Fund awarded 
c.£25,000 to 
community 
projects.”

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202109

Communities
During 2021, we continued to support 
the communities in which we operate by 
investment in social projects, providing 
direct local employment, and fostering wider 
economic opportunities, where possible, 
through local investment and supply chain.

We engage with the local community in 
a number of ways: through the planning 
process, our Community Fund, community 
liaison groups and providing employment and 
work experience opportunities. We also liaise 
with Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs), 
local business groups and industry bodies to 
enhance the positive impact we have on the 
communities in which we operate.

Whilst communities are involved in the 
statutory process of planning and permitting, 
we seek to go beyond what is required of  
us, to better understand the concerns and 
needs of the different communities in which 
we operate.

We engage in a number of ways including 
site visits, community liaison groups and 
through the IGas Community Fund. We are 
always trying to find new and innovative 
ways in which to communicate, for example 
virtual public consultation events where local 
residents could view an interactive set of 
boards for a planning application.

IGas Community Fund
During 2021, the IGas Community Fund 
awarded c.£25,000 to community projects. 

The Fund for 2021 was launched in October 
2020 inviting applications from communities 
close to IGas operations in the South and the 
East Midlands. In the weeks that followed 
around 35 expressions of interest were 
received by email or telephone. 

The fund panel again met virtually in  
March 2021 to consider the applications  
and make the awards. Recipients included  
the Nettleham Woodland Trust, Wessex 
Children’s Hospice Trust and the Scothern 
Recreation Centre.

Once again, the drawdown for a number of 
projects has been deferred due to COVID-19, 
but we look forward to being able to release 
funds as soon as the projects are able to 
utilise them.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements10

CEO’s Statement/Operating Review

Making progress in a challenging 
environment

Introduction
The impact of COVID-19 
presented our business with 
major challenges this year in 
sustaining operations through 
restrictions and self-isolation. 

Supply chains too were impacted, bringing 
some additional delays and fluctuations to 
operational priorities.

As a result, our collective focus has been 
on keeping our employees, contractors, and 
other stakeholders safe by continuing to 
work from home where possible, maintaining 
social distancing measures and continuing 
to take all precautions to ensure risks were 
minimised. I would like to thank all of our 
employees for their dedication and focus 
throughout this pandemic. 

Despite these challenging headwinds 
the business has, since the start of 2021, 
benefitted from a much-improved economic 
environment, most notably oil and gas prices 
which recovered from the very low levels 
experienced at the start of the previous year. 

We have continued to pursue our strategy  
of maximising our UK onshore production 
whilst exposing shareholders to value 
creating opportunities in the energy  
transition space, principally through  
deep geothermal heat and hydrogen.

Operating Review
Production
Net production for the period averaged 
1,962 boepd (2020: 1,907), with operations, 
maintenance and project activities all being 
directly and indirectly impacted by COVID-19. 
The COVID-19 pandemic presented a 
unique set of challenges for our production 
business. They comprised both direct and 
indirect consequences of managing the 
effects of the virus, some of which had an 
immediate impact and others that were 
extended over longer periods and we had 
to prioritise essential (especially safety and 
environmentally critical) activities throughout 
the year. 

We identified three key drivers to COVID-19 
related production deferral; Internal 
Resourcing, External Resourcing and the 
External Supply Chain. Our analysis of the 
production impact during the period has 
shown fluctuations on a month-by-month 
basis. The average impact for the year 
was c.130 boepd. Excluding that impact, 
production for the year would have been 
2,100 boepd.

“Despite these challenging headwinds 
the business has, since the start of 
2021, benefitted from a much-improved 
economic environment, most notably 
oil and gas prices which recovered from 
the very low levels experienced in the 
previous year.”

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202111

Whilst we started 2022 with the challenge 
of a high number of operational staff 
isolating due to COVID-19, we anticipate 
net production in 2022 of c.2,000 boepd, 
assuming there are no further significant 
disruptions to our business. 

We continue to focus our technical and 
operational expertise on offsetting the 
underlying natural decline in our fields 
through the execution of incremental 
production opportunities that demonstrate 
commercial benefit via our delivery assurance 
processes. Artificial lift optimisation 
remains a key continuous improvement 
objective in terms of cost management 
and production enhancement, with routine 
dynamic optimisation activities and specific 
intervention works sanctioned. This has 
included the introduction of innovative scale 
management technology, artificial lift type 
conversions, rod string improvements, rod 
pump deepening plus the expansion of the 
beam-gas compressor systems across more 
fields. In addition, we have continued to 
invest in our facilities to drive operational 
improvements such as replacing older power 
generation systems with newer, more efficient 
versions and the continued expansion and 
modernisation of our instrumentation systems. 

As part of our decommissioning programme, 
we completed the abandonment of Welton 
A31 and the zonal abandonment of Welton A4 
during the period. In addition, in conjunction 
with the Net Zero Technology Centre, IGas 
is exploring alternative zonal abandonment 
technology that could significantly reduce 
abandonment costs for the UK oil and gas 
industry as a whole. Trials are expected to 
commence in 2022. In addition, we have 
initiated a well repurpose trial with CeraPhi 
Energy, a geothermal company specialising 
in oil and gas well repurposing which, if 
successful, may lead to future reuse of 
suspended wells. 

It has been another challenging year, in 
particular for those working on site, but 
operating our assets in a safe, secure and 
environmentally responsible manner is 
fundamental to our business. We continue  
to work closely with all our regulators to 
ensure we at least meet, if not exceed,  
our responsibilities. 

Read more about health, safety and the 
environment on pages 22 to 23.

IGas Group Net Reserves & Contingent  
Resources as at 31 December 2021 (MMboe)

1P

2P

2C

Reserves & Resources as at 31 December 2020

11.74

17.12

20.34

Production during the period

Revision of estimates

(0.71)

(0.46)

(0.71)

(0.62)

–

–

Reserves & Resources as at 31 December 2021

10.57

15.79

20.34

Reserves and Resources
CPR
In February 2022, IGas announced the 
publication of the full and final results of 
the Competent Persons Report (CPR) by 
DeGolyer & MacNaughton (D&M), a leading 
international reserves and resources auditor.

The report comprised an independent 
evaluation of IGas conventional oil and gas 
interests as of 31 December 2021. The full 
report can be found on the IGas website 
www.igasplc/investors/publications-and-
reports

The audited 2P reserves have, as anticipated, 
declined this year driven primarily by our 
2021 production and higher operating cost 
assumptions.

The report values our conventional assets at  
c.$190 million on a 2P NPV10 basis (based  
on a forward oil curve of c.$67/bbl for 2022-
2024 and then escalated at an average rate of 
2.5% thereafter).

Development
Conventional
The Welton (C-1) waterflood project was 
brought online in Q2 2021 and completed 
on budget with good results as anticipated, 
with capacity to inject c.400 bbls/d of water 
which is expected to increase field recovery 
by approximately 660 Mbbls and ramping 
up to over 100 bopd incremental production 
which will start to be realised in 2022. During 
2021, Scampton North was on the lower end 
of expectations, encountering higher than 
anticipated injection pressure, injecting  
c.70 bbls/d of water. In March 2022, we 
completed a clean-out of the wellbore that 
has resolved the higher injection pressure 
issues. The injection well is now back online 
with initial positive results indicating a P50 
work outcome for the project which will 
increase the ultimate field recovery. These 
projects not only add incremental value but 
also improve our environmental impact by 
reducing emissions and reducing vehicle 
movements in water handling.

In the first quarter of 2022, work was 
completed to convert an existing, 
suspended well in the Stockbridge field to 
a water disposal well; this will allow for the 
resumption of c.50 bbls/d of suspended 
production to be brought back on line. The 
project will also provide more operational 
flexibility in handling produced water in the 
Stockbridge area. 

We are currently progressing two 
development opportunities in the East 
Midlands. The first is an infill drilling project 
which has the potential to add c.100 bbls/d 
and 0.35 mmstb 2P reserves in 2023 with an 
anticipated NPV10 of £3 million. The second 
is a larger appraisal/development project 
to extend one of our existing fields. This 
opportunity will be progressed in a phased 
approach, with a planning application to be 
submitted in 2022. If phase I is successful, 
this will be followed by further development 
drilling in subsequent years. The first phase 
of the project is targeting an additional c.200 
bbls/d and development of c.1.0 mmstb 2P 
reserves with the subsequent development 
having the potential to add an additional 
500bbls/d and the addition of c.2 mmstb  
2P reserves.

Shale 
The Group holds a significant portfolio 
of shale licences, totalling 292,100 net 
acres with estimated mean volumes of 
undiscovered GIIP of 93 TCF (net to IGas, 
independently assessed by D&M in 2016). 

We know that the shales contain significant 
amounts of natural gas. In 2019, we drilled 
a shale well at Springs Road, just outside 
Misson, North Nottinghamshire, with our 
partners including Ineos, and had the cores 
(rock samples) analysed by Weatherford in 
the US. Through this analysis they estimate 
gas in place is 630 BCF/square mile. If applied 
to all our East Midland’s acreage that would 
imply over 270 TCF of gas in place. Even at a 
conservative 10% recovery factor, 27 TCF of 
gas would satisfy the UK’s requirements for 
nine years, from our acreage alone. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements12

CEO’s Statement/Operating Review  
continued

We welcome the Government’s scientific 
review of shale gas, announced on 5 April 
2022, to be undertaken by the British 
Geological Survey, which is expected before 
the end of June 2022. If the UK government 
were to lift the moratorium and allow activity 
to proceed through permitted development, 
we have the potential to deliver five 
production well pads, with each pad having 
up to 16 wells, which would supply 3 million 
homes, with initial production within 12-18 
months. Total production is estimated at  
c.750 BCF from these five production pads. 

However, activity is currently paused with 
all licences being held on a “care and 
maintenance” basis due to the effective 
moratorium on hydraulic fracturing for  
shale gas imposed by the UK government  
in November 2019. 

Deep Geothermal
The opportunity to decarbonise large-scale 
heat using deep geothermal energy in the UK 
is a significant one. We have made excellent 
progress in moving this forward with the UK 
government and specific provision has been 
made for deep geothermal in the recently 
launched Green Heat Network Fund (GHNF).

The GHNF Transition Scheme is a three 
year, £288 million capital grant fund that 
will support the commercialisation and 
construction of new low and zero carbon 
heat networks including the drilling of deep 
geothermal wells and associated works. The 
GHNF opened to applications in March 2022 
and confirmed that it will fund up to 50% of 
a project’s total combined commercialisation 
and construction costs. As a developer of 
deep geothermal, we are eligible to apply 
directly to the fund and will put forward  
a number of projects, the first of which  
will be the Stoke-on-Trent project. 

We have continued to have positive 
discussions with the UK government 
regarding future, longer-term financial 
support for the deep geothermal industry. 
We have had several meetings with senior 
ministers including the Secretary of State. 
A working group with the Department for 
Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) 
has been established to look at a financial 
model for the long-term support of deep 
geothermal heat. 

In April 2021, a new industry report on the 
economic and environmental importance of 
UK deep geothermal resources by the ARUP 
Group and the Association for Renewable 
Energy and Clean Technology (REA) was 
published. The report estimates that, with 
immediate Government support, the UK could 
deliver 360 geothermal projects by 2050. This 
would include an estimated 12 projects being 
operational by 2025 with 1,300 jobs created 
and c.£100 million of investment flowing into 
the UK economy. 

Read more about the findings on page 03.

In June 2021, we received planning approval for 
the Stoke-on-Trent project from both Stoke-on-
Trent City Council and Newcastle-under-Lyme. 
In September, we signed a Memorandum of 
Understanding (MoU) with SSE Heat Networks 
Limited (SSE) for the roll-out of the Stoke 
geothermal district heating project. The MoU 
grants exclusivity to each of SSE and GT Energy 
with regard to the project for a period of 12 
months with certain milestones including 
executing a thermal purchase agreement (TPA) 
in relation to the geothermal plant. SSE in 
turn have agreed a MoU with Stoke-on-Trent 
City council to work together to deliver a heat 
network across the city. 

We are working with SSE towards agreeing 
the TPA for the off-take of geothermal heat 
in Q3 this year and, subject to securing grant 
funding from the GHNF, this will enable the 
project to progress towards financial close  
in Q4 2022.

SSE is leading the way in developing the 
low-carbon assets and infrastructure required 
for the UK to reach its target of net zero 
emissions by 2050 and has set out their plans 
for a £1.2 billion investment in low carbon 
energy infrastructure over the next five years, 
to which geothermal is core in realising.

Following the confirmation of Government 
support through the GHNF, we are currently 
reviewing additional sites for deep 
geothermal at strategic locations across 
England and we would expect to announce 
the acquisition of our first site in the 
Manchester area in H1 2022. 

We are currently in discussions with six off-
takers, across six separate sites which equates 
to c.60-70 MW of installed heat generation.

Closed-loop Geothermal
In September 2021, we announced a Heads of 
Terms (HoT) with CeraPhi Energy, developers 
and owners of a proprietary closed-loop 
geothermal technology. The intent is to jointly 
develop geothermal energy projects utilising 
specific oil and gas wells in IGas’s asset 
portfolio and CeraPhi’s technology.

A programme has been agreed with an initial 
single well to be repurposed at Nettleham, 
to the northeast of Lincoln. Following the 
repurposing a period of testing will be 
undertaken. 

This pathfinder project will be used to 
demonstrate the commercial potential 
for geothermal energy production from 
repurposing existing oil and gas assets for direct 
heat for agriculture, residential heating and 
cooling, and the development of hybrid energy 
systems generating both heat and power.

Hydrogen 
Significant work has been undertaken in order 
to understand the potential for low carbon 
energy production from our existing asset base. 

Last year we identified two sites in Surrey – 
Albury which has existing gas production and 
Bletchingley where we have been seeking a 
way to monetise the existing gas – as being 
suitable for the production of hydrogen 
utilising modular SMR technology. 

At Albury, we submitted a planning application 
in July 2021 to generate 1,000kg/day of 
hydrogen. 

The Bletchingley application was submitted 
in late August 2021. This is a bigger project 
involving two SMR units with initial 
generation of 2,000kg/day and a potential 
of up to 6000kg/day depending on reserves. 
Due to COVID-19 related backlogs, we are 
now expecting both these applications 
to go to Surrey County Council’s Planning 
Committee for determination in H1 2022.

The projects are being developed in phases, 
the first phase being to establish the 
principle of hydrogen production at the sites. 
The second, to produce blue hydrogen, is 
now being accelerated following positive 
feedback from key regulators and interest 
from local communities. However, we await 
clarification from the UK government as to 
thresholds for carbon intensity for low carbon 
hydrogen following a consultation that closed 
in October 2021 before committing to a 
technological solution for blue hydrogen.

Discussions with potential off-takers for both 
projects are ongoing.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202113

Outlook
The road ahead is an exciting one, but not 
without its challenges. The world still needs 
oil and gas for many decades to come but 
we must also consider our environmental 
footprint, particularly the greenhouse gases 
from our operations, and minimise those as 
much as possible. To meet this objective, we 
will deploy our technological skills to reduce 
our carbon footprint where we can, working 
with regulators and other stakeholders to 
deliver reduced emissions. 

We have committed to an energy transition 
pathway and our operational expertise as 
the UK's largest onshore operator gives us 
the opportunity to use our existing business 
platform to play an important role in the 
UK's transition to net zero. Our sub-surface 
expertise, for example, is relevant to both 
drilling for geothermal resources and 
assessing the potential for carbon capture 
and storage. 

Operationally, in the short term, we will 
continue to focus on safe and responsible 
production of oil and gas, bringing forward 
projects to final investment decision (FID) 
within our existing conventional portfolio  
that have good internal rates of return and 
short payback periods. 

As we generate free cash flow we must 
be selective in our capital allocation to 
ensure the continued longevity of the cash-
generative production assets but also to help 
fund new initiatives and assets to repurpose 
in a readily accessible onshore environment.

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS)
Whilst the UK Continental Shelf offers 
significant future potential for CCS we believe 
that smaller, onshore carbon sequestration 
presents an opportunity to help better 
understand the development work required for 
the larger scale offshore facilities. Furthermore, 
a study by BEIS indicated that CO2 transport 
to ports or points of sequestration is a major 
issue and many industrial facilities located 
centrally in the UK are under threat of 
becoming ‘stranded assets’. 

Lithium Extraction from Geothermal Brines
In February 2022, IGas agreed a HoT with 
Cornish Lithium, a company that has secured 
extensive land and mineral rights in the south 
west of England. IGas and Cornish Lithium 
intend to jointly develop geothermal energy 
projects in areas where it is believed there are 
significant lithium resources. The projects will 
supply renewable heat to end users whilst 
lithium is extracted from the brines. IGas will 
bring its experience of well design, drilling 
and operations to the projects.

Solar
Another example of how we can leverage  
the Group's existing operational expertise 
and use our existing business platform to play 
an important role in the UK's transition to net 
zero was through the signing of a HoT with 
Iona Capital in October 2021. IGas and Iona 
Capital, an investor with a long track record of 
successfully investing in UK renewable energy 
projects, will jointly develop utility scale solar 
farms in the UK, initially leveraging the strong 
landowner relationships the Company has 
through its long history of onshore oil and  
gas operations.

The first, of what is expected to be several 
similar scale projects, will be situated in 
southern England and will be 25-40MW in 
size. IGas will contribute its planning and 
infrastructure expertise, whilst Iona Capital 
will provide non-recourse project finance. 
During the development phase, costs will be 
shared and throughout the project lifecycle, 
IGas and Iona Capital will each own 50%  
of the project. 

Our work at this stage is at a high level and 
extends to engagement with academia, 
industry, Government and regulators.

We have joined an academic-industry 
consortium called Net Zero RISE. Its aim 
is to repurpose existing onshore oil and 
gas infrastructure as research sites for 
carbon sequestration, hydrogen storage 
and closed-loop geothermal technologies. 
The consortium brings together Newcastle, 
Oxford and Durham Universities with 
industry partners, including IGas, and has 
been established to support the UK's energy 
transition to net zero by reusing onshore 
infrastructure that is available now.

IGas has also been invited by the NSTA to 
take on a core role in the Bacton Energy 
Hub Project's Regulatory Special Interest 
Group (SIG) led by Hydrogen East. The UK 
onshore regulatory regime is complex and 
comprehensive and we have a strong track 
record of responsible and safe development 
and ongoing compliance. IGas brings 
extensive experience of developing complex 
energy projects to the Bacton project.

The Bacton Energy Hub is envisaged to play  
a major role in the UK's energy future through 
the production of hydrogen from natural 
gas (with associated capture and storage 
of carbon dioxide) and from electrolysis 
powered by renewable and nuclear energy.

IGas will also be contributors to the 
Infrastructure SIG, led by Xodus and the 
Hydrogen Supply SIG, led by Summit 
Exploration and Production. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements14

Financial Review

Sharp focus on costs and disciplined 
approach to capital allocation

Oil prices have recovered 
significantly since the start of 
2021 hitting highs of c.$86/bbl 
in 2021, as the global economic 
recovery led to oil demand 
increasing faster than supply. 
Natural gas prices in Europe 
and the UK have also been very 
strong in 2021 with prices rising 
to over 400p/therm in the UK, a 
record due to supply constraints 
in a number of key producing 
regions and low oil inventories 
across Europe. The average GBP/
USD exchange rate for the year 
was at £1:$1.38 (2020: £1: $1.29).

Production for the year averaged 1,962 boepd 
(2020: 1,907 boepd). The combination of 
improved pricing and production resulted  
in increased revenues of £37.9 million  
for the year (2020: £21.6 million) which  
was partially offset by the strengthening  
of sterling and a realised loss on hedging  
of £6.6 million (2020: realised gain of  
£4.6 million). Operating costs increased to 
£19.1 million (2020: £17.6 million) mainly due 
to higher electricity generation costs resulting 
in higher electricity sales volumes and 
revenues, higher production costs related to 
higher volumes, the restarting of higher cost 
fields which were shut in in 2020 and higher 
staff costs. These increases were partially 
offset by lower rates and transportation 
costs. DD&A decreased to £4.8 million 
(2020: £6.0 million) mainly due to the lower 
carrying value of assets in 2021 following the 
impairment to oil and gas properties in 2020. 
Underlying operating costs per boe, including 
costs relating to leases capitalised under  
IFRS 16, were £27.1 ($37.4) per boe for the 
year (2020: £25.8 ($33.3) per boe.

No impairment charge was recognised on 
the oil and gas properties for the year (2020: 
impairment of £38.5 million).

Adjusted EBITDA was £5.9 million (2020: £4.0 
million) and underlying operating profit was 
£2.0 million (2020: underlying operating loss 
of £1.4 million), with the increases resulting 
primarily from improved revenues.

The Group’s net debt was £12.2 million  
at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020:  
£12.2 million) with higher operating cash flows 
being used to finance capital expenditure 
and Reserves Based Lending facility (RBL) 
interest payments. The Group’s RBL is subject 
to a semi-annual redetermination which was 
completed in November 2021 confirming  
an available facility limit of £19.3 million  
($26.2 million).

Income Statement
The Group recognised revenues of £37.9 
million for the year (2020: £21.6 million). 
Group production for the year averaged 
1,962 boepd (2020: 1,907 boepd). Revenues 
included £1.1 million (2020: £1.1 million) 
relating to the sale of third party oil, the bulk 
of which is processed through our gathering 
centre at Holybourne in the Weald Basin. 

The average pre-hedge realised price for the 
year was $68.5/bbl (2020: $39.1/bbl) and 
post-hedge $54.3/bbl (2020: $48.4/bbl).  
A loss of £6.6 million was realised on hedges 
due to the improvement in oil prices during 
the year (2020: realised gain of £4.6 million). 
The average GBP/USD exchange rate for the 
year was £1: $1.38 (2020: £1: $1.29).

Cost of sales for the year were £23.9 million 
(2020: £23.5 million) including depreciation, 
depletion and amortisation (DD&A) of £4.8 
million (2020: £6.0 million), and operating 
costs of £19.1 million (2020: £17.5 million). 
Operating costs were £1.6 million higher 
than the prior year due to higher costs from 
increased electricity generation and higher 
staff costs partially offset by lower rates and 
transportation costs. Operating costs include 
a cost of £1.0 million (2020: £1.0 million) 
relating to third party oil. The contribution 
received from processing this third party oil 
was £0.1 million (2020: £0.1 million). 

Operating costs per barrel of oil equivalent 
(boe) increased to £27.1 ($37.4), excluding 
third party costs (2020: £25.8 ($33.3) per boe) 
as a result of the higher operating costs in  
the year. 

Adjusted EBITDA in the year was £5.9 million 
(2020: £4.0 million). The gross profit for the 
year was £14.0 million (2020: gross loss of 
£1.9 million). 

Administrative costs increased by £0.5 
million to £5.8 million (2020: £5.3 million). 
The increase was due to higher staff costs, 
higher legal and professional costs relating 
to corporate activities and the dissolution 
of international subsidiaries and a lower 
allocation to capital projects during the year. 
This was partially offset by lower share-based 
payment and office rental costs.

No impairment charge was recognised  
on the oil and gas properties for the year.  
See note 10 for further details. 

Exploration and evaluation assets of £10.5 
million were written off during the year (2020: 
£0.1 million) mainly related to the PEDL 200 
licence, in which the basin edge defining 
Tinker Lane well was drilled in 2018. PEDL 
200 and EXL 288 were relinquished during 
the period. This allows the Group to focus on 
its core Gainsborough Trough shale acreage.

Net finance costs were £3.9 million (2020: 
£2.2 million) primarily related to interest and 
amortisation of finance fees on borrowings 
of £1.1 million (2020: £1.3 million), the 
unwinding of discount on provisions of  
£1.9 million (2020: £1.5 million) and a foreign 
exchange loss of £0.2 million (2020: gain  
of £1.5 million). Interest on leases was  
£0.7 million (2020: £0.8 million). 

The increase in oil prices during the year 
generated a net loss on oil price derivatives 
of £6.7 million (2020: gain £3.5 million).

A tax credit of £6.2 million was recognised 
mainly due to the increase in recognition 
of the deferred tax asset relating to ring-
fence tax losses as a result of a significantly 
improved oil price environment (2020: a 
tax credit of £2.0 million mainly due to the 
adjustment to losses brought forward due to 
Ring Fence Expenditure Supplement claims).

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Cash Flow
Net cash generated from operating activities 
for the year was £7.1 million (2020: £3.6 
million). The increase was primarily due to 
higher revenue partially offset by a realised 
hedge cost and increased operating and 
administrative expenses. 

The Group invested £4.8 million across 
its asset base during the year (2020: £8.4 
million). £3.9 million was invested in our 
conventional assets primarily on production 
enhancement and operational improvements 
such as replacing older power generation 
systems with newer, more efficient models 
as well as the continued expansion and 
modernisation of instrumentation across 
our sites. £0.7 million was spent on working 
up additional exploration opportunities 
on conventional assets as well as ‘care and 
maintenance’ costs relating to shale licences.

The Group spent £0.4 million on its 
abandonment programme during the year 
mainly related to wells in the Welton field 
(2020: £1.3 million).

A net drawdown of £0.7 million ($1.0 million) 
(2020: £0.9 million ($1.0 million)) was made 
under our RBL and we paid £0.8 million ($1.0 
million) in loan interest (2020: £0.9 million 
($1.2 million)). 

To protect against the volatile oil price and 
in accordance with the requirements of our 
RBL facility, the Group places commodity 
hedges for a period of up to 12 months. As at 
31 December 2021, the Group had hedged 
a total of 336,000 bbls for 2022, using a 
combination of puts (114,000 bbls at an 
average downside protected price, net of 
premium, of $44.5/bbl) and fixed price swaps 
(216,000 bbls at an average fixed price of 
$67.9/bbl). 

Cash and cash equivalents were £3.3 million 
at the end of the year (2020: £2.4 million).

Revenues
Adjusted EBITDA1
Underlying operating profit/(loss)1
Loss after tax
Net cash from operating activities
Net debt1
Cash and cash equivalents
Net assets

2021 
£m

37.9
5.9
2.0
(6.0)
7.1
12.2
3.3
68.6

1  These are non-IFRS alternative performance measures which are further explained on page 17.

Realised Price Per Barrel

Realised price per barrel
G&A per boe
Other operating cost (underlying)
Well services
Transportation

Adjusted EBITDA

Loss before tax
Net finance costs
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration
Depletion, depreciation & amortisation
Impairments

EBITDA

Lease rentals capitalised under IFRS 16
Share-based payment charge
Unrealised loss on hedges
Redundancy costs
Acquisition costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Underlying operating profit/(loss)

Operating loss
Lease rentals capitalised under IFRS 16
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets
Share-based payment charge
Impairments
Unrealised loss on hedges
Redundancy costs
Acquisition costs

Underlying operating profit/(loss)

2021 
$m

54.3
11.4
29.0
5.3
3.1

2021 
£m

(12.3)
3.9
(0.6)
4.9
10.5

6.4

(1.5)
0.9
0.1
–
–

5.9

2021 
£m

(9.0)
(1.5)
1.0
0.9
10.5
0.1
–
–

2.0

15

2020 
£m

21.6
4.0
(1.4)
(42.1)
3.6
12.2
2.4
73.3

2020 
$m

48.4
10.3
24.3
5.4
3.6

2020 
£m

(44.1)
2.2
0.2
6.3
38.6

3.2

(1.8)
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.2

4.0

2020 
£m

(42.1)
(1.8)
1.3
1.0
38.6
0.8
0.6
0.2

(1.4)

Debt (nominal value excluding capitalised expenses)
Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

31 December 
2021  
£m

31 December 
2020 
£m

(15.5)
3.3

(12.2)

(14.6)
2.4

(12.2)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements16

Financial Review  
continued

Balance Sheet
Net assets decreased by £4.7 million to  
£68.6 million at 31 December 2021 (2020: 
£73.3 million), mainly due to the impairment 
of exploration and evaluation assets of  
£10.5 million, offset by an increase in the  
net deferred tax asset of £6.2 million.

Changes to the estimate of decommissioning 
costs, following an internal review, increased 
both assets and liabilities by £3.3 million 
(2020: increase of £6.2 million). 

At 31 December 2021, right-of-use assets 
were £7.0 million (2020: £7.7 million) and 
related lease liabilities were £7.2 million 
(2020: £7.5 million).

At 31 December 2021, the Group has a 
combined carried gross work programme of 
up to $216.4 million (£159.7 million) (2020: 
$218.0 million (£160.0 million)) from its 
partner, INEOS Upstream Limited. 

Borrowings increased from £13.7 million 
to £14.8 million during the year due to net 
drawdowns of £0.7 million, a revaluation loss 
of £0.2 million and amortisation of capitalised 
fees of £0.2 million. Net debt at the year-end 
was £12.2 million (2020: £12.2 million).

2022 Capital Expenditure
In 2022, we are forecasting a total £7.4 
million of capital expenditure. This includes 
site improvements, near-term incremental 
projects to generate c.70-100 boepd, as well 
as longer-term development projects which 
have the potential to unlock a total of 2.5 
million barrels of 2C resource and generate 
up to 8MW of power. In addition, we have 
£1.8 million of cash outflow in 2022 for 
projects executed towards the end of 2021.

We expect a cash outflow of c.£1.8 million  
for our abandonment programme in 2022,  
of which £0.4 million relates to work carried 
out in 2021. 

“Measures taken 
by various 
governments to 
contain the virus 
affected global 
economic activity 
and resulted in a 
significant reduction 
in demand for oil.”

Going Concern 
The Group continues to closely monitor  
and manage its liquidity risks. Cash flow 
forecasts for the Group are regularly 
produced based on, inter alia, the Group’s 
production and expenditure forecasts, 
management’s best estimate of future  
oil prices, management’s best estimate  
of foreign exchange rates and the Group’s 
available loan facility under the RBL. 
Sensitivities are run to reflect different 
scenarios including, but not limited to, 
possible further reductions in commodity 
prices, strengthening of sterling and 
reductions in forecast oil and gas  
production rates. 

The Group’s operating cash flows 
have improved in 2021 as a result of 
improving commodity prices and we have 
successfully completed the 2021 year-end 
redetermination. However, the ability of 
the Group to operate as a going concern is 
dependent upon the continued availability 
of future cash flows and the availability of 
the monies drawn under its RBL, which is 
redetermined semi-annually based on various 
parameters (including oil price and level 
of reserves) and is also dependent on the 
Group not breaching its RBL covenants. We 
also assumed that our existing RBL facility 
is amortised in line with its terms but is not 
refinanced or extended resulting a reduction 
in the facility to $12 million from 1 July 2023. 
To mitigate these risks, the Group benefits 
from its hedging policy with 231,000 bbls 
currently hedged for Q2-Q4 2022 using swaps 
at an average price of $74/bbl and 129,000 
bbls using puts with an average price, net of 
premiums, of $46/bbl. In addition, we have 
hedged 15,000 bbls for Q1 2023 using swaps  
at $95/bbl.

Management has considered the impact 
of supply chain constraints on the Group’s 
operations. We have seen some impact on 
production during 2021 due to supply chain 
constraints and the need for members of  
our staff to self-isolate and have developed  
a number of contingency plans to mitigate 
this. Many of our sites are remotely manned 
and we are well equipped as a business 
to ensure we maintain business continuity 
recognising that our production comes  
from a large number of wells in a variety  
of locations and we have flexibility in our  
off-take arrangements. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202117

Non-IFRS Measures
The Group uses non-IFRS measures of 
performance that are not specifically 
defined under IFRS or other generally 
accepted accounting principles. The non-
IFRS measures include net debt, adjusted 
EBITDA and underlying operating profit.

These non-IFRS measures are used by the 
Group, alongside IFRS measures, for both 
internal performance analysis and to help 
shareholders, lenders and other users of 
the Annual Report to better understand 
the Group’s performance in the period in 
comparison to previous periods and to 
industry peers.

Net debt is defined as borrowings 
excluding capitalised fees less cash and 
cash equivalents and does not include the 
Group’s lease liabilities.

Adjusted EBITDA and underlying operating 
profit includes adjustments in relation 
to non-cash items such as share-based 
payment charges and unrealised gain/
loss on hedges along with other one-off 
exceptional items.

Lease costs for the period which have 
been capitalised under IFRS 16 have been 
added to underlying operating costs and 
deducted in the calculation of adjusted 
EBITDA to be consistent with previous 
periods. 

Based on the analysis above, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue 
in existence for the foreseeable future and 
have concluded it is appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements. 

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

Crude oil prices rose during 2021 and into 
2022 as increasing COVID-19 vaccination 
rates, loosening pandemic-related 
restrictions, and a growing economy resulted 
in global petroleum demand rising faster  
than petroleum supply. The Ukraine war  
and sanctions imposed on Russia have  
caused disruption to international trade  
and dislocations in energy markets,  
tightening oil and gas markets significantly 
and causing prices to rise further while 
increasing price volatility.

The Group’s base case cash flow forecast 
was run with average oil prices of $96/
bbl for 2022 falling to an average of $85/
bbl in 2023 based on the forward curve. A 
foreign exchange rate of $1.35/£1 was used. 
Our forecasts show that the Group will have 
sufficient financial headroom to meet its 
financial covenants based on the existing 
RBL facility for the 12 months from the date 
of approval of the financial statements. 
Management has also prepared a downside 
case with average oil prices at $90/bbl for 
H1 2022; $76/bbl for H2 2022 and $68/bbl 
for 2023 and an average exchange rate of 
$1.37/£1.00 for 2022 and $1.42/£1.00 for 
2023. Our downside case also included an 
average reduction in production of 5% over 
the period. Management expects to execute 
further hedging during the course of the year, 
which will provide further protection in the 
downside case. Management would also take 
mitigating actions including delaying capital 
expenditure and additional reductions in 
costs in order to remain within the Group’s 
debt liquidity covenants should such actions 
be necessary if prices were to decrease 
further. All such mitigating actions are within 
management’s control. We have not assumed 
any extensions or refinancing to the RBL. In 
this downside scenario, our forecast shows 
that the Group will have sufficient financial 
headroom to meet its financial covenants for 
the 12 months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements18

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

Measuring our progress

IGas tracks both financial and non-financial metrics to 
help the Group manage its long-term performance and 
measure progress against its strategy.

Non-financial

Lost Time Injuries (LTI) (number) 

Progress on Development – asset optimisation, oil and gas opportunities and diversification

Two

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Two

2021

Nil

Nil

One

Two

2020

2019

2018

2017

Albury & Bletchingley planning submitted. Solar agreement with Iona Capital. 
Stockbridge water disposal underway.

Completed the acquisition of GTE, a geothermal developer with a flagship project 
in Stoke-on-Trent. Signed partnership agreement with BayoTech for development 
of hydrogen on existing sites. Scampton waterflood project online.

Drilled a vertical well at Springs Road and announced a world-class shale  
discovery in June. 

Completed site construction at both Tinker Lane and Springs Road; drilled a vertical 
well at Tinker Lane and plugged and abandoned the well following completion 
of drilling; and appealed the decision for flow tests at Ellesmere Port following 
rejection of the application by Chester West and Chester council.

Granted planning permission for a vertical well in PEDL 200 (Tinker Lane); planning 
conditions discharged and site construction commenced for both Springs Road and 
Tinker Lane; submitted planning application for flow tests at existing Ellesmere 
Port well; and submitted a scoping request for drilling and hydraulically fracturing  
a well at Ince Marshes in the NW.

Reasons for choice

Health and safety is of paramount importance 
to us in providing the highest level of 
protection to all our stakeholders.

The Group intends to play an important role in the UK’s energy transition and position  
itself as a flexible deliverer of a variety of energy sources whilst maximising opportunities  
in its existing business.

How we measure

We tracked nine leading and 11 lagging 
indicators during the year and these are 
reported to the Board on a monthly basis. We 
aim to have zero LTIs but when we do have an 
LTI this is fully investigated with clear remedial 
action as required and communication of 
learnings to the organisation.

Target and results for 2021

The target of 0 LTIs was not met. An in-
depth review of our existing procedures was 
undertaken and subsequent implementation 
of a number of improvements. Our Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate was driven 
down. We maintained ISO 9001 and 14001 
accreditation.

Remuneration

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

Progress against budgeted work programmes is tracked on a monthly basis and reported  
to the Board. Where progress is slower than expectations, actions are taken to understand  
the reasons and issues addressed.

Two oil and gas projects were brought forward. An agreement was signed with Iona Capital  
for the funding of a solar development platform and planning was submitted for the Albury  
and Bletchingley hydrogen projects.

This measure is used to determine the level of annual cash bonus.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202119

£7.4m

£3.3m

£14.3m

£11.6m

£8.9m

Financial

Production (boepd) 

Operating costs ($/boe) 

Operating cash flow before working  
capital movements (£m)

1,962 boepd

$37.4/boe

£7.4m

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

1,962 boepd

2021

1,907 boepd

2020

2,325 boepd

2019

2,258 boepd

2018

2,355 boepd

2017

$37.4/boe

2021

$33.3/boe

2020

$30.1/boe

2019

$32.0/boe

2018

$28.5/boe

2017

Reasons for choice

The Group aims to maintain production levels 
to provide operating cash flow for funding 
of the Group. To ensure this target is met an 
appropriate level of capital investment is 
planned to mitigate against the underlying 
decline in our mature fields.

How we measure

Operating costs per boe is a key focus  
for the Group as keeping costs low will 
improve the cash that we generate from  
our producing assets.

Operating cash flow is key to providing 
funding for investing in the business as  
we pursue our growth strategy.

Daily and weekly production is monitored 
for all producing assets and reported weekly 
to senior management and monthly to the 
Board. Monthly production forecasts are 
prepared during the year to measure progress 
against the production target.

Operating costs are monitored closely to 
ensure that budget targets are being met. 
Operating costs are reported on a monthly 
basis to the Board and actions are taken, as 
required, to control costs in line with the 
budget.

Operating cash flow is reported to the Board 
on a monthly basis. Regular forecasts are 
undertaken to ensure operating cash flow is 
in line with budget, as well as longer-term 
forecasts to ensure that the strategy of the 
business can be adequately funded.

Target and results for 2021

Production for the year was 1,962 boepd. 
Our operations, maintenance and project 
activities were all directly and indirectly 
impacted by COVID-19 which led to reduced 
production of c.130 boepd. 

Operating costs were $37.4/boe, exceeding 
the target set for the year. Total operating 
costs were lower than the target but the rate 
per boe was impacted by lower production 
volumes. 

Operating cash flow before working capital 
movements was £7.4 million which exceeded 
the target set for the year. Higher commodity 
prices, net of hedges, more than offset the 
impact of lower production. We continued to 
focus on cost savings to offset inflationary 
pressures and COVID-19 related impacts.

Remuneration

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements20

Risk Management

Understanding the risks  
associated with our operations

Risk 

Strategic

1.  Exposure to political risk

This can include changes in Government or 
the effect of a local or national referendum. 
These political risks can result in changes in 
the regulatory or fiscal environment (including 
taxation) which could affect the Group’s  
ability to deliver its strategy. This can also 
include geopolitical risk such as the war in 
Ukraine, which has the potential to impact 
commodity prices.

2.  Strategy performance 

Strategy fails to meet shareholder 
expectations.

3.  Climate change

Changes in laws, regulations, policies, 
obligations and social attitudes relating to 
the transition to a lower carbon economy 
could lead to higher costs, or reduced demand 
and prices for hydrocarbons, impacting the 
profitability of the Group.

Executive 
Ownership

Mitigation

Change

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

The Group engages with Government and other 
appropriate organisations, directly and through UKOOG 
and other industry associations, to ensure the Group is kept 
abreast of expected potential changes and takes an active 
role in making appropriate representations. The Group  
also monitors geopolitical impacts on oil and gas prices 
(see risks 10 and 11).

The Group provides clear, transparent and consistent 
communication to all stakeholders and holds regular 
meetings with shareholders and potential shareholders.

The Group works closely with regulators to ensure that  
all required planning consents and permits for operations 
are in place and maintains continual dialogue with all 
stakeholders to understand emerging requirements.  
The Board actively reviews the Group’s strategy to ensure  
it remains relevant and will provide long-term returns  
to shareholders. The Group’s strategy includes 
diversification into the wider energy market such as 
geothermal energy and hydrogen generation which it 
believes can form a key part of the UK’s transition to net 
zero in 2050, developing a competitive advantage and 
distinguishing IGas from its peers.

4.  Cyber security

Exposure to a serious cyber-attack which 
could affect the confidentiality of data, the 
availability of critical business information 
and cause disruption to our operations.

Development 
Director – 
Ross Glover

The Group outsources its provision of IT equipment and 
help desk services to a third party and ensures that staff 
are trained in security awareness. The Group has been 
accredited with Cyber Essential Plus which demonstrates 
commitment to cyber security.

Operational

5.  Planning, environmental, regulatory, 
 licensing and other permitting risks
Planning, environmental, licensing and 
other permitting risks associated with 
operations and, in particular, with drilling 
and production operations.

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

The Group considers that such risks are partially 
mitigated through compliance with regulations, proactive 
engagement with regulators, communities and the 
expertise and experience of its team. Continual dialogue 
with local authorities to understand requirements.

6.  Oil or gas production 

Oil or gas is not produced in the anticipated 
quantities from any or all of the Group’s 
assets or that oil or gas cannot be delivered 
economically.

Production 
Director – 
Chris Beard

The Group considers that such risks are mitigated given 
that its producing assets are located in established oil 
and gas producing areas, there is a portfolio of producing 
assets and its operating staff have extensive expertise and 
experience.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
21

Direction of change

Increase

No change

Decrease

Risk 

Operational continued

7.  Shale gas resources

Successful development of shale gas 
resources is not achieved. Effective 
moratorium remains in place.

8.  Loss of key staff 
Loss of key staff.

9.  Pandemic

Exposure to a global pandemic, such as 
COVID-19, that leads to reduction in staff 
availability, disruption to the Group’s 
operations and delays to the supply chain.

Executive 
Ownership

Mitigation

Change

Development 
Director – 
Ross Glover

The Group continues to work with joint venture partners, 
other operators, the Government and regulators to work 
towards the lifting of the moratorium and subsequent 
appraisal and development of the Group’s shale acreage.

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

The Group aims to maintain a competitive remuneration 
package to attract the correct calibre of staff. We seek 
to build a strong and unified team and to ensure that we 
have a clearly defined people strategy based on culture 
and talent.

Development plans are in place for all staff.

The Group has business continuity plans in place to 
manage any disruption to operations. These include 
procedures to ensure staff are kept healthy and safe 
and that the Group complies with all guidance issued 
by the Government. Office staff work from home where 
appropriate and the necessary technology and equipment 
are in place to maintain this. Liaison with all regulators to 
ensure that the Group remains compliant with all permits 
and regulatory standards.

Financial

10.  Oil market price risk

Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of oil in  
the context of the production from oil fields  
it owns and operates.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Board seeks to underpin the Group’s future cash flows 
by entering into a combination of swaps and collars for 
baseline production to cover 12 months forward. The Group 
has hedged 321,000 barrels for the year at an average price 
of $72/bbl using fixed price swaps and 129,000 barrels 
with an average floor price of $46/bbl using puts.

The Board will continue to monitor the benefits of such 
hedging.

11.  Gas and electricity market price risk   
Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of gas  
and electricity in the context of its future 
unconventional production volumes.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Board monitors the benefit of entering into contracts at 
the appropriate time to protect against gas and electricity 
price volatility.

12.  Exchange rate risk 

Exposure to exchange rate risk through both 
its major source of revenue and its major 
borrowings being priced in $.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Board monitors the cash flows of the Group to ensure 
currency exposure is understood. Exchange rate hedges  
are considered to ensure that cash inflows in US dollars  
are matched with sterling cash outflows.

13.  Liquidity risk 

Exposure, through its operations,  
to liquidity risk.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Board regularly reviews the Group’s cash forecasts  
and the adequacy of available facilities to meet the Group’s 
cash requirements.

14.  Capital risk 

The Group is exposed to capital risk resulting 
from its capital structure, including operating 
within the covenants of its RBL facility.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The capital structure is continually monitored to ensure 
it is in line with the business needs and ongoing asset 
development. Further details of the Group’s capital 
management policy are disclosed in note 23 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22

Sustainable and Responsible Business

IGas is a socially and environmentally 
responsible energy producer

UN Global Compact: 
The UN Global Compact (UNGC) is the 
world’s largest corporate sustainability 
initiative which aims to support companies 
to do business responsibly by aligning 
their strategies and operations with the 
Ten Principles on human rights, labour, 
environment and anti-corruption. Alongside 
this, the Compact actively encourages further 
action regarding the UNSDGs, emphasising 
collaboration and innovation to advance 
broader societal goals. IGas joined as a 
signatory to the Global Compact in 2021 and 
will fulfil the three requirements within the 
annual Communications on Progress (CoP): 
stating our continued support for the UNGC, 
describing the actions taken by the Company 
and measuring the outcomes.

Health & Safety
IGas is committed to the highest standards 
of health and safety and we strive every day 
to maintain a positive safety culture across 
our business. We work hand in hand with our 
contractors as one team, working to keep 
everyone safe and healthy. We adhere to all 
laws and regulations governing safe working 
and, in many cases, our internal standards go 
above the requirements of the law.

It was therefore disappointing that we had two 
Lost Time Injuries (LTI) during 2021. Neither 
of them were life changing, but nevertheless, 
we strive to eliminate any injuries to people 
working on our operations. Each incident 
triggered an in-depth review of our existing 
procedures and subsequent implementation 
of a number of improvements. 

In spite of this, overall the Company’s incident 
rate is substantially below published industry 
statistic rates, based on the number of 
employees and hours worked. 

As part of our ongoing and continual work 
to ever improve Health & Safety within 
the Company, 2021 saw the launch of 
a number of safety related campaigns. 
These campaigns have had a measurable 
impact, further reducing incident rates and 
improving both the quantity and quality of 
internal HSE type reports.

Participation in our safety observation 
programme (HazObs) has always been 
actively promoted at IGas. During 2021, a 
successful campaign to encourage broader 
participation with a number of safety related 
processes saw HazOb reporting reach record 
levels in both number of observations and 
percentage of employees who engaged with 
the process. 

We ensure our colleagues have access to 
affordable healthcare and aim to achieve 
top quartile industry performance on 
our occupational safety measures. This is 
demonstrated through IGas achieving the 
RoSPA Presidents Award again in 2021, 
representing 15 years of commitment to 
Occupational Health and Safety.

Managing our response to COVID-19 
continued to dominate the year. During 2020, 
our offices were shut to all but essential staff 
and we saw the rapid and successful rollout 
of procedures and processes focused on 
maintaining social distance, increased levels 
of hygiene and remote working. In 2021, those 
procedures were further improved, so that 
now maintaining social distance, increased 
levels of hygiene and remote working are all 
second nature to those that work on our sites. 

The programme of Emergency Response 
Exercises continued into 2021 with us once 
again exceeding our KPI. Regularly testing our 
response plans ensures that they constantly 
improve and that they work in the event of  
an emergency. 

Environment
We are determined to play a vital part in  
the UK energy transition and lowering our 
impact on the environment is a key step in 
that journey. 

We operate in a highly regulated environment 
and there are strict rules in place to help us 
monitor and minimise our impact. For further 
information on our regulators please see page 
07 in Our Stakeholders.

Environmental
•  Planning application to turn gas to 

wire to hydrogen production reducing 
end user emissions (initially grey with 
pathway to blue)

•  Introduction of an ESG ranking for all 

projects

Social
•  RoSPA Presidents Award, representing 

15 years of commitment to Occupational 
Health and Safety

•  IGas Community Fund 2021

•  Mental Health First Aider programme  

to be introduced

Governance
•  Signed UN Global Compact

•  Board composition reformed in line  

with QCA Code

•  Preparing to align to TCFD Reporting

We support the United Nations’ Sustainable 
Development Goals with an active focus on: 

“Caring about the 
environment, making 
a positive impact  
on society and good 
governance are core 
to our business.”

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202123

IGas operates an ISO 14001 certified 
Environmental Management System and 
by doing so demonstrates, via external 
assurance, that the systems and processes 
which we apply to our business in the 
management and determination of 
environmental risk are robust. During 2021, 
our certification for both ISO 9001 and 14001 
were successfully renewed.

During 2021, the HSEQ team further 
developed our GHG Scope 1 & 2 reporting 
capability so that we now report both monthly 
and by site. All new projects include an 
evaluation of their Scope 1 & 2 emissions and 
the result is a significant factor in determining 
a project’s likelihood of being ‘greenlit’ for 
approval and subsequent execution. 

Climate Change and GHG Emissions 
Climate action is now a global priority, with 
the UK targeting net zero and IGas is resolved 
to be part of that transition, delivering low-
carbon solutions such as geothermal, solar 
and hydrogen whilst delivering domestic oil 
in a responsible way, constantly looking to 
reduce its impact on the environment.

IGas recognises the risk that climate change 
poses to society and to its business. 

We support the UK’s transition to a low 
carbon economy, through the responsible 
development and production of domestic 
onshore oil and gas in alignment with 
the Committee on Climate Change 
recommendations and also through our 
investment in low carbon technologies  
such as geothermal and hydrogen.

Our approach to managing our GHG 
emissions involves:

•  The efficient operation of our existing 

equipment and infrastructure, including 
minimising flaring and venting; and

•  The installation of best available 

technology into all new projects to 
minimise their carbon intensity.

Scope 1 emissions
Scope 2 emissions
Emissions intensity
Energy consumption

kg CO2eq/boe
kg CO2eq/boe
kg CO2eq/boe
MWh

Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) Disclosure
The Companies (Directors’ Report) and 
Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and 
Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 implement 
the Government’s policy on SECR, requiring 
disclosure of the environmental performance 
of the Group’s assets through calculating 
the Group’s GHG emissions. Our disclosure 
presents our carbon footprint across Scope 
1 & 2 together with an appropriate intensity 
metric and total energy use. 

The GHG sources that constitute our 
operational boundary for the reporting  
period are:

•  Scope 1: Direct emissions from Company-

owned and controlled resources; 

•  Scope 2: Indirect emissions from 

purchased energy; 

•  Emissions intensity; and 

•  Energy consumption.

IGas complies with all of its environmental 
permits in respect to emissions. 

Methodology
GHG emissions are quantified and reported 
according to the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. 
Consumption and production data has been 
collated and converted into CO2 equivalent 
using the UK government 2020 Conversion 
Factors1 for Company Reporting to calculate 
emissions from corresponding activity data.  
To collect both consumption and production 
data, the Group has reviewed emissions data 
related to production, electricity purchases, 
fuel purchases related to mileage in Group-
owned vehicles as well as staff expenses 
related to business mileage in private vehicles.

This information has been prepared in 
accordance with the GHG Protocol’s Guidance. 
Data collected relates to the most recent 12 
month period where data was available. 

2020

45.55
0.18
47.0
10,572

2021

45.23
0.23
46.2
12,976

Energy Efficiency Action
The Company has made efforts to improve 
its operational energy efficiency and we are 
committed to identifying, monitoring and 
mitigating any negative impact we may have 
on our surrounding environment. 

During 2021 we completed our assessment 
of gas emissions at each of our sites and in so 
doing have identified opportunities to further 
lower our GHG emissions in the future. 

•  At the Welton Gathering Centre we 
upgraded our gas engine lowering 
emissions and increasing efficiency. 

•  At Scampton, we now use the methane 
produced on site to not only generate 
electricity but to also provide sufficient 
heat to separate produced fluids onsite, 
with the produced water being injected 
back into the reservoir not only reducing 
vehicle movements but also providing 
pressure support to future production. 

•  At Larkwhistle Farm an energy hungry 

jet pump has been replaced with a more 
efficient beam pump. 

The Company is continually reviewing 
its energy consumption and developing 
new technologies such as geothermal and 
hydrogen with the aim of delivering on-
going reductions in emissions and thereby 
reducing its emissions intensity ratio. Further 
information on our low-carbon energy 
businesses can be found on pages 12 and 13.

1  Where conversion factors for specific compounds 
are not published by the UK government suitable 
values have been sourced from reputable 
alternative sources.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements24

Corporate Governance Statement

Introduction  
to Governance

“Health, safety and wellbeing were  
key aspects of 2021.”

Dear Shareholder,
As Interim Chair of the Company, I have 
overall responsibility for ensuring that good 
corporate governance is embraced by IGas 
and the Group as a whole. In doing so, I work 
with, and consider, the views of all Board 
members, the Executive Committee (Excom) 
and the Company’s advisers. The Board is fully 
committed to ensuring that high standards 
of governance, values and behaviours 
are consistently applied throughout the 
Group, helping to ensure the integrity of 
our business, the successful delivery of our 
strategy and the long-term success of the 
Group as a whole.

The Company continues to adopt and  
comply with the Quoted Companies  
Alliance Corporate Governance Code  
(QCA Code) and implement its ten principles 
of corporate governance. We report our 
compliance with the QCA Code through  
pages 25 to 27 of this Annual Report and the 
Corporate Governance section of our website. 
Governance for us includes a broad number 
of structures, activities and controls, as well 
as different levels of accountability and 
responsibility. 

Since the onset of the COVID-19 crisis the 
Board has taken appropriate measures 
including working from home and has 
sponsored the application of working 
practices in line with Government advice 
throughout the Company’s operations.  
As restrictions have eased procedures have 
been changed in line with Government 
guidance being mindful as to impacts on the 
business as a whole. The Board also increased 
its monitoring of the potential impacts of the 
crisis on the Company including reviewing a 
range of cash flow projections incorporating 
downside price and other scenarios and is 
keeping company strategies and potential 
opportunities under review, as we slowly 
emerge from the pandemic. Health, safety  
and wellbeing were key areas of focus in 2021.  
In addition to regular monthly all staff 
updates, in response to COVID-19, the 
Company delivered town hall meetings 
online, as well as in-person where permissible 
to do so. Throughout the year, we encouraged 
staff to utilise regular scheduled meetings 
with their supervisors and managers to raise 
questions, issues, ideas and concerns as well 
as introducing small group ‘safety initiative’ 
meetings across the operations division which 
captured over 600 comments, questions  
and suggestions. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021A focus for the first half of 2022 for me 
will be the handover of responsibility to 
my successor, Chris Hopkinson, who will, 
following the conclusion of the AGM, 
become the Chairman of the Company.  
I am sure that Chris will prove to be a valued 
and respected addition to the Board and a 
highly effective Chairman. I hand over with 
every confidence in Chris’ future success  
and that of the Company. 

I look forward to welcoming you to our AGM 
on 15 June. This will be my last AGM as a 
Director. I have greatly enjoyed my time at 
IGas and seeing the Company grow to the 
business it is today. I would like to thank you 
for your support.

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non-executive Chairman

25

Corporate Governance 
Principles Applicable 
to IGas

The ten QCA Code corporate governance 
principles are: 

1.   Establish a strategy and business model 
which promotes long-term value for 
shareholders 

2.   Seek to understand and meet shareholder 

needs and expectations 

3.   Take into account wider stakeholder 
and social responsibilities and their 
implications for long-term success 

4.   Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and 
threats, throughout the organisation 

5.   Maintain the board as a well-functioning, 

balanced team led by the chair 

6.   Ensure that between them the directors 

have the necessary up-to-date experience, 
skills and capabilities 

7.   Evaluate board performance based on 
clear and relevant objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement 

8.   Promote a corporate culture that is based 

on ethical values and behaviours 

9.   Maintain governance structures and 

processes that are fit for purpose and 
support good decision-making by  
the board 

10. Communicate how the company 
is governed and is performing by 
maintaining a dialogue with shareholders 
and other relevant stakeholders 

In order to ensure the safety of employees 
and our shareholders, we were required to 
hold our 2021 annual general meeting as 
a closed-door meeting. However, in order 
to afford shareholders the opportunity 
to ask questions of the Board we made 
available a facility for shareholders to 
submit their questions by email to the 
Company. Throughout the year the Company 
continued to engage with its shareholders 
and stakeholders on the current position of 
the business and its future strategy. Further 
information on our stakeholder engagement 
can be found on pages 06 to 09. Our primary 
means of communicating the Group’s 
corporate governance structure is through the 
Annual Report and various disclosures made 
on our website. Nevertheless, where specific 
questions are raised by private individual 
shareholders and institutional investors, we 
engage directly with those shareholders, 
principally through the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Director of Corporate Affairs or, where 
appropriate, certain other members of our 
Excom, namely the Finance Director and 
Technical Director. 

We seek to communicate our corporate 
culture through staff presentations and 
inductions. We rely on our management 
structure and our internal reporting structures 
to assess whether these core values have 
been respected, and our Director of Human 
Resources is tasked with monitoring internal 
compliance on an ongoing basis. 

The Nomination Committee reviewed the 
Board’s composition during the year. On  
10 January 2022 we announced that after  
ten years of service as an independent  
Non-executive Director, I would step down 
from the Board later this year and Chris 
Hopkinson would join the Board as an 
independent Non-executive Director with 
immediate effect, with the intention that Chris 
would take over the role of Non-executive 
Chairman from me in due course. Chris 
joined as a member of the Audit, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees. IGas is 
committed to diversity, including gender 
diversity, and we have a number of women 
in senior management roles. On 7 February 
2022, we announced the appointment of 
another independent Non-executive Director, 
Kate Coppinger, to the Board. Kate joined as 
a member of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees. Following these appointments, 
the Board exceeds the best practice 
recommendation of the QCA Code in having 
three independent Non-executive Directors 
on the Board, constituting 50% of the Board.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements26

Corporate Governance Statement
continued

Application of the QCA Code 
The Company has adopted the QCA Code 
since 2018 on the basis that it is the 
corporate governance code most suited to 
our requirements, size, strategy, resources and 
stage of development, as it offers a flexible 
but rigorous outcome-oriented framework 
in which we can continue to develop our 
governance model to support our business.

The QCA Code requires us to apply the 
principles as set out above and to publish 
certain related disclosures in our Annual 
Report, on our website, or a combination of 
the two. We have followed the QCA Code’s 
recommendations and have therefore 
provided disclosure relating to Principles 2, 3 
and 9, as well as those aspects of Principles 8 
and 10 recommended to be disclosed on our 
website, in a corporate governance statement 
on our website and cover the remaining 
principles in this Annual Report. We depart 
from the recommendation of the QCA Code 
in respect of Principle 7 as we cover all 
aspects recommended to be disclosed by 
the QCA Code in respect of that principle, 
including those aspects which the QCA Code 
recommends be covered on our website, 
in this Annual Report. An index setting out 
where each required disclosure can be 
found is situated at the end of the corporate 
governance statement on our website.

Strategy and Business Model  
– QCA Principle One
The Group’s strategy and business model  
is described in the Strategic Report on pages  
1 to 13.

Effective Risk Management  
– QCA Principle Four
The Group embeds risk management 
throughout the organisation and this is 
described on pages 20 and 21.

Board Balance – QCA Principle Five
See page 32 for information on those 
Directors who are considered to be 
independent, the time commitment required 
for Directors to conduct their role and 
the number of meetings of the Board, its 
committees and the relevant Directors’ 
attendance record. 

Board Skills – QCA Principle Six
Information on each of the Directors is 
provided on pages 28 and 29.

The Board, led by the Chair, has the necessary 
skills and knowledge to discharge their 
duties and responsibilities effectively, setting 
clear expectations and ensuring stringent 
measures for corporate governance standards 
are met, particularly in relation to executive 
remuneration, accountability and audit.

The Executive and Non-executive Directors’ 
skill sets are complementary, and together 
provide a blend of broad commercial, 
operational, legal, and financial expertise.  
The skill set is suitably broad and sufficiently 
high calibre such that all decision making 
at Board level is robust and mindful of the 
fiduciary responsibilities that need to be 
discharged to all shareholders. In addition, 
the Directors are aware of the importance 
of keeping abreast of the industry’s current 
activities and attend oil & gas conferences 
and events globally throughout the year to 
keep their skills, contacts and knowledge 
current and simultaneously engage with 
governments, global operators and service 
providers in the oil and gas industry.

Details of the Company’s advisers can 
be found on the Company’s website at 
http://igasplc.com/investors/shareholder-
information/registrars-and-advisors.

See the corporate governance statement  
on our website for further details of the 
internal advisory responsibilities performed 
by certain individuals in advising and 
supporting the Board. 

Board Effectiveness –  
QCA Principle Seven
In 2019 the Board formalised its procedures 
for self-evaluation and undertook a self-
evaluation in respect of its effectiveness. 
The Board reviewed the effectiveness of 
its performance and assessed its strengths 
as well as areas for development with an 
agreed set of actions which it has maintained 
in 2021. The Board considered the need 
for an evaluation exercise during 2021 and 
concluded that the priority should be to 
continue to focus on the Group’s response 
to COVID-19 and such a process will be 
undertaken when it is reasonably practicable. 

The Chairman has responsibility to lead 
the Board effectively and to oversee the 
adoption, delivery and communication 
of the Company’s corporate governance 
model. It is imperative that the relationship 
between the Chairman and the CEO, as well 
as all Board members and Excom, remains 
collaborative, cordial and robust. The 
Board members work together in the best 
interests of the Company, while remaining 
comfortable to engage in rigorous and 
constructive debate. There is a strong flow 
of communication between the Directors, 
and in particular between the CEO and 
Chairman, with consideration being given to 
both standing agenda items and the strategic 
and operational needs of the business. 

As a Board we consider the independence of 
all members and have an effective conflict 
of interests procedure in place. Any conflicts 
are declared by Directors at commencement 
of each Board meeting and appropriate 
information protocols are put in place in order 
to govern information flows. Comprehensive 
board papers are circulated in advance of 
meetings, giving Directors due time to review 
the documentation and enabling an effective 
meeting. Minutes are drawn up to reflect the 
true record of the discussions and decisions 
made. Resulting actions are tracked for 
appropriate delivery and follow up.

The Directors have a wide knowledge of the 
Company’s business and understand their 
duties as Directors of a company quoted 
on AIM. The Directors have access to the 
Company’s Nominated Adviser (Nomad), 
auditors and solicitors as and when required. 
The Company’s Nomad provides annual 
boardroom training on the AIM Rules and its 
governance requirements. These advisers 
are available to provide formal support and 
advice to the Board from time to time and  
do so in accordance with good practice.  
The General Counsel and Company Secretary 
has frequent communication with both the 
Chairman and CEO and is available to other 
members of the Board as required. The 
Directors are also able, at the Company’s 
expense, to obtain advice from external 
advisers if required.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202127

The Board is committed to ensuring effective 
succession planning. The Nomination 
Committee is responsible for reviewing 
Board and senior management succession 
planning to ensure that the Company has 
the appropriate level of skills and diversity. 
Where appropriate the Nomination 
Committee uses external advisers to 
assist with candidate identification and 
benchmarking. The Nomination Committee 
reviewed the Board’s composition during the 
year, following which Chris Hopkinson joined 
the Board as an independent Non-executive 
Director on 10 January 2022. After ten years 
of service as an independent Non-executive 
Director, the Chairman will step down from 
the Board following the conclusion of the 
AGM and Chris Hopkinson will take over 
the role of Non-executive Chairman from 
him. Chris Hopkinson joined as a member 
of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees. 

How We Manage Our Company

As noted in the Chairman’s introduction 
on page 25 of this Annual Report, IGas is 
committed to diversity, including gender 
diversity and we have a number of women 
in senior management roles. On 7 February 
2022, we announced the appointment of 
another independent Non-executive Director, 
Kate Coppinger, to the Board. Following these 
appointments, the Board exceeds the best 
practice recommendation of the QCA Code 
in having three independent Non-executive 
Directors on the Board.

The Nomination Committee continues to 
ensure that there is a robust succession 
plan for the Excom and senior management 
positions.

The Excom and, at a more junior level, senior 
departmental managers address progression 
of employees through annual appraisals and 
competency reviews. 

Governance and Shareholder 
Dialogue – QCA Principle Ten
See below for an overview of the work of the 
committees of the Board undertaken in 2021. 

See pages 36 to 41 of this Annual Report for 
the Remuneration Committee Report. 

Consistent with previous years, this Annual 
Report does not include a separate Audit 
Committee Report. However, page 33 of this 
Annual Report outlines the key areas of focus 
of the Audit Committee in the year ended  
31 December 2021. The Group will further 
assess internally as to whether it is necessary 
and appropriate to make further disclosures 
under the QCA Code, either through a report 
of the Audit Committee or more likely in 
sections of the next annual report.

The Board
The Board is responsible for the overall governance of the Group. 
Its responsibilities include reviewing and approving the Group’s 
strategy, budgets, major items of capital expenditure and senior 
personnel appointments.

  Read more on pages 28 and 29

Executive Committee (Excom)
The Excom is responsible for the day-to-day running of the 
operational business with a focus on performance management and 
ensuring that the Group’s key performance indicators are being met.

  Read more on pages 30 and 31

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is 
responsible for determining and agreeing 
the remuneration policy for the Executive 
Director and senior managers.

  Read more on pages 33 and 34

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible 
for reviewing the size, structure and 
composition of the Board and ensuring the 
balance and expertise of the Board remains 
appropriate to meet the needs of the 
Company.

  Read more on page 34

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for 
monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the 
financial reporting processes and ensuring 
the financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the Company. Whilst the Board is 
ultimately responsible for risk management 
and internal controls in the Company, 
the Audit Committee is responsible for 
ensuring that executive management 
takes responsibility for internal controls 
being appropriately designed and are both 
efficient and effective in practice. In addition 
to its natural focus on the preparation of the 
Company’s annual report and accounts, the 
Audit Committee monitors the integrity of 
the Company’s broader corporate reporting, 
risk management systems (including the 
identification of future opportunities) and 
internal control environment, and has a 
continued role in determining the Company’s 
approach to risk and the extent to which the 
Company is willing to take risks.

   Read more on pages 32 and 33

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements28

Board of Directors

Leading the Company
the right way

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non-executive Chairman

Philip Jackson
Non-executive Director

A

R

N

R

N

Appointed 2015

Appointed 2012

Appointed 2017

Skills and experience 
Steve became Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company in May 2015 having joined IGas 
as Chief Financial Officer in 2011. He is a 
qualified chartered accountant and spent  
12 years in corporate finance with ABN Amro 
Hoare Govett, now part of Jefferies, where he 
acted as adviser and broker to a wide range of 
UK listed companies in the oil and gas sector. 

Since joining the Company, Steve has led 
the Company through significant transition 
including the farm-outs to Total and INEOS, 
the acquisition of GTE, IGas’s geothermal 
business, as well as developing partnerships 
with low carbon energy fund managers.

Skills and experience 
Cuth has 38 years of international experience 
in the oil and gas sector, having held a range 
of leadership positions in Exploration and 
Production companies.

He began his career with BP, where he  
held various commercial and management 
roles over eight years. Cuth then joined  
Clyde Petroleum plc, initially as Senior 
Economist, subsequently becoming Group 
Commercial Manager before Clyde was 
acquired by Gulf Canada.

In 1997, Cuth joined Paladin Resources plc, 
where he served primarily as Finance Director. 
The company raised approximately £120 
million in four separate primary offerings 
before it was sold to Talisman Energy Inc. for 
approximately £1.2 billion in 2006. Cuth is 
currently chairman at Quotall Ltd., an unlisted 
software development company.

Skills and experience 
Philip Jackson serves on Kerogen’s Advisory 
Board. He is a director and chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee of New Age  
(Global Africa Energy) Limited, Executive 
Chairman of Regenaris Energy Advisers  
and Chairman of OneWater Group Limited.  
He has over 30 years’ experience in 
investments and corporate finance in  
energy and infrastructure projects.

He was the founder and former Chief 
Executive of J.P. Morgan Asset Management’s 
$860 million Asian Infrastructure and Related 
Resources Opportunity Fund. He started his 
career with the energy team at Ashurst LLP 
before moving to its client Trafalgar House plc, 
then one of the UK’s leading independent oil 
and gas companies.

Philip is a Fellow of the Energy Institute. 
He graduated with an MA in law from the 
University of Cambridge and qualified as a 
solicitor of the Supreme Court in England.

Committee member key

A

Audit  
Committee

R

Remuneration  
Committee

N

Nomination  
Committee

Chair

Member

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
29

Tushar Kumar
Non-executive Director

A

Chris Hopkinson 
Non-executive Director

Kate Coppinger 
Non-executive Director

Appointed 2017

Appointed 2022

Appointed 2022

Skills and experience 
Chris is currently Non-executive Chairman 
of Enwell Energy an AIM-quoted oil and gas 
exploration and production group and founder 
of Astra Resources Management advising 
utility scale PPP Solar projects.

Chris began his career with Shell International, 
followed by technical and management 
roles with Yukos and Lukoil Overseas, before 
becoming Chief Executive Officer of Imperial 
Energy Group up until its acquisition by ONGC 
in 2009. He was then Vice-President Western 
Siberia for TNK-BP, Senior Vice-President North 
Africa for BG Group, Chief Executive Officer 
of International Petroleum Limited, and Chief 
Operating Officer for JSC National Company 
KazMunayGas.

Chris holds a BSc Honours degree in Applied 
Physics from St Andrews University.

Skills and experience 
Kate is currently Non-executive Director at 
Serica Energy plc, an AIM listed, independent 
UK natural gas producer.

Kate initially worked for CIBC World Markets 
as a research analyst before joining Harrison 
Lovegrove in 2000 where she moved 
into transaction execution. Following the 
acquisition of Harrison Lovegrove by Standard 
Chartered Bank in September 2007, Kate 
continued in oil and gas M&A transactions.  
In 2014, she was appointed Managing Director, 
Oil & Gas Corporate Finance, where she was 
responsible for origination and execution of 
transactions for European clients, a position 
she held until leaving Standard Chartered Bank 
in 2020.

Skills and experience 
Tushar Kumar is an investment professional 
with a particular focus on energy and climate 
assets. His prior roles include being a Partner 
in the Investment and Portfolio Management 
Team at Kerogen Capital where he was 
responsible for the management of many of 
Kerogen’s European investments focusing 
on energy, energy technology and transition 
sectors, and other key relationships in 
Europe. He has almost 20 years’ experience 
in investing, investment banking and equities, 
working with a range of companies across 
Europe, the Middle East and Asia.

He has experience in strategic advisory, 
particularly focused on M&A, IPOs, debt and 
equity financing as well as balance sheet 
restructuring. Prior to Kerogen, he was an 
executive director at Morgan Stanley’s natural 
resources group in London, having previously 
worked with members of the Kerogen team 
at J.P. Morgan’s energy and natural resources 
group in Hong Kong.

Tushar holds an MBA from the Indian Institute 
of Management Ahmedabad (IIMA) and a 
BTech in computer science and engineering 
from the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT). 
He is also a CFA charter holder.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements30

Executive Committee

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

Frances Ward 
Finance Director

Ross Pearson
Technical Director

Chris Beard 
Production Director

Ross Glover
Development Director

Skills and experience 
Frances is a qualified 
accountant with over  
15 years’ senior 
management experience 
within the international 
oil and gas sector. 

Her previous experience 
includes 11 years at 
Nexen Energy (now part 
of CNOOC) in various 
senior finance roles in 
their London and Calgary 
offices.

Frances joined IGas in 
2017 as Group Financial 
Controller and assumed 
overall responsibility  
for the finance function  
as Finance Director in  
July 2020.

Skills and experience 
Steve became Chief 
Executive Officer of the 
Company in May 2015 
having joined IGas as 
Chief Financial Officer 
in 2011. He is a qualified 
chartered accountant 
and spent 12 years in 
corporate finance with 
ABN Amro Hoare Govett, 
now part of Jefferies, 
where he acted as 
adviser and broker to a 
wide range of UK listed 
companies in the oil and 
gas sector. 

Since joining the 
Company, Steve has led 
the Company through 
significant transition 
including the farm-outs 
to Total and INEOS, the 
acquisition of GTE, IGas’s 
geothermal business, 
as well as developing 
partnerships with low 
carbon energy fund 
managers.

Skills and experience 
Ross Pearson, a Petroleum 
Engineer, has extensive 
onshore, oil and gas 
experience gained over 
the past 20+ years 
working in various 
technical roles across 
the E & P value chain. 
Ross’s career started in 
the Western Canadian 
Sedimentary Basin 
working for Schlumberger 
before taking a role with 
Devon Energy where he 
held various Petroleum 
Engineering positions. 

In 2010, he moved to 
Australia where he 
initially worked for 
Origin Energy as a Sr. 
Petroleum Engineer prior 
to joining Senex Energy 
as the Development 
Manager where he 
managed the appraisal 
and development of 
their conventional and 
unconventional oil and 
gas assets. 

Ross has a Bachelor of 
Applied Science Degree 
in Mining Engineering 
from Queen’s University 
in Canada and is a 
member of the Society of 
Petroleum Engineers and 
a Fellow of the Energy 
Institute. 

Skills and experience 
Chris (MEng BSc (Hons) 
CEng MIET) has over 30 
years’ experience working 
in the oil and gas industry 
in both the upstream and 
downstream business. 

Chris started his career 
working in a Maintenance 
and Integrity role for 
BP at the Llandarcy Oil 
Refinery in South Wales. 
Over the next 25 years 
Chris worked in a number 
of roles and locations 
for BP, the last of which 
was at BP Wytch Farm 
Oilfield in Dorset, where 
he held a variety of 
technical, operational and 
managerial roles before 
finishing in the role of 
Onshore Site Manager. 

Chris joined Providence 
Resources Plc as 
Managing Director of the 
UK operations before 
the acquisition of the 
Singleton field by IGas 
in 2013, where he now 
has responsibility for the 
delivery of the Production 
Division Corporate 
strategy, goals and targets 
for production, operating 
costs in accordance with 
the IGas Management 
Systems.

Skills and experience 
Appointed in 2017, 
Ross is responsible for 
both new business and 
project development. 
His current focus is 
leading the diversification 
of the Company into 
complementary sectors. 

Prior to joining IGas, 
he ran a UK based 
renewable energy project 
development company 
with a focus on onshore 
wind. Ross started his 
career in Southern Africa 
managing capital projects 
in the mineral processing 
and mining sector. After 
moving to the UK in 2003, 
he worked for one of the 
UK’s largest public sector 
leasing and managed 
equipment services 
companies where he was 
responsible for corporate 
acquisitions, disposals 
and structured finance. 

Ross holds a BSc in 
Mechanical Engineering 
from the University of 
Cape Town and an  
MBA from Warwick 
Business School.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202131

Peter Foscoe
Director of  
Human Resources

Thamala Perera 
Schuetze
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

Ann-marie 
Wilkinson
Director of  
Corporate Affairs

Skills and experience 
A Chartered Fellow of the 
CIPD, Peter has 30 years’ 
experience managing 
Human Resource 
functions in the Financial 
Services, Telecoms and Oil 
& Gas sectors. In addition 
to 10 years at Merrill 
Lynch/Bank of America 
and 4 years as Head of 
Human Resources at an 
AIM listed hedge fund, 
Peter has specialised 
in compensation & 
benefits at a number of 
organisations, including  
6 years as Head of Reward 
for the Hess Corporation 
global E&P business.

Skills and experience 
Appointed in 2013, 
Ann-marie is a 
communications and 
investor relations 
professional with over 
25 years’ experience 
in providing advice 
on both external and 
internal communications 
strategies.

Ann-marie has advised 
many energy sector 
companies as a financial 
public relations and 
corporate relations 
consultant having 
previously worked at  
M Communications,  
Bell Pottinger and  
Beattie Media. She also 
worked as a PRO at Smith 
New Court having joined 
from the Corporate 
Finance department  
at Touche Ross. 

Skills and experience 
Thamala is a General 
Counsel with over  
20 years’ experience.  
Prior to the reverse 
takeover of Star Energy 
Group Limited (then a 
wholly-owned subsidiary 
of PETRONAS) by the 
Company in 2011, 
Thamala was a member 
of the management team 
and the General Counsel 
of Star Energy responsible 
for the European 
Infrastructure Group of 
PETRONAS, with a primary 
focus on gas storage. 

Thamala was called to the 
Bar of England and Wales 
in 2000 and during her 
career has held (among 
others) positions at the 
regulator, Ofgem, where 
she advised on electricity, 
gas and LNG projects and 
at Freshfields Bruckhaus 
Deringer LLP in the 
telecoms sector. 

Thamala holds a Master 
of Laws (LLM) in European 
Law from King’s College 
London.

Padraig Hanly
Director of Geothermal

Skills and experience 
Padraig (BSc) founded 
GT Energy UK Ltd 
(GTE) in 2013 and was 
Managing Director until 
its acquisition by IGas in 
2020. During that time, 
he raised capital from 
investors to fund the 
business while working 
with government and 
industry to create a deep 
geothermal industry in 
the UK. This included 
the introduction of a 
geothermal licencing 
system and dedicated 
financial support for 
deep geothermal. He 
has worked closely with 
Stoke-on-Trent Council 
helping them to secure a 
£20 million Government 
grant to develop the first 
of its kind geothermal 
heated district heating 
project in the UK.

Padraig has worked for 
20 years in business 
development and 
project management 
across a number of 
sectors including civil 
engineering, agriculture, 
property and renewable 
energy. Prior to setting 
up GTE Padraig worked 
as contracts manager and 
business development 
manager with Liffey 
Developments, an Irish 
based company focusing 
on infrastructure and 
property developments.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements32

Corporate Governance

The Directors are committed to meeting high standards of corporate governance believing that the QCA Code provides the Company with the 
right framework to maintain a strong level of governance. 

The Company has adopted a code of dealings in securities which the Board regards as appropriate for an AIM listed company and is compliant 
with the UK Market Abuse Regulations. The Company takes all reasonable steps to ensure compliance by the Directors, employees and agents 
with the provisions of the AIM Rules relating to dealings in securities.

The Board has in place Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees, all of which have specific mandates contained in approved terms of 
reference. These cover the composition, key activities and responsibilities of the relevant committee, are reviewed annually, and can be viewed 
on our website. All committees are committed to reporting back to the Board following a committee meeting. The membership of each of the 
committees is set out below. 

The Board and its Committees
Following Cuth McDowell’s appointment as Interim Chairman of the Board, Cuth McDowell is no longer fulfilling the role of Senior Independent 
Director, but is still considered to be an independent Non-executive Director in character and judgement and has the range of experience and 
calibre to bring independent judgement on issues of strategy, performance, resources and standards of conduct to the Board. In 2022, following 
the appointment of Chris Hopkinson on 10 January and Kate Coppinger on 7 February, there are three independent Non-executive Directors on 
the Board. Biographies of all the Directors are included within the Annual Report on pages 28 and 29. 

The Board retains full and effective control over the Group. The Board meets regularly to consider reports on the operational and financial 
performance of the Group and to decide on matters reserved unto itself, which include reviewing and approving the Group’s strategy, budgets, 
major items of capital expenditure and senior personnel appointments.

Save in August, the Board generally has one scheduled Board meeting every month over the course of the financial year with informal discussions 
scheduled as required. Additional meetings are held depending upon opportunities or issues to be dealt with by the Company from time to time.

The Non-executive Directors hold informal meetings during the course of the year at which members of Excom are not in attendance.

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled Board meetings during 2021 is detailed in the table below:

Board Membership 

Board member 

Cuth McDowell (Interim Chairman) 
Stephen Bowler 
Philip Jackson  
Tushar Kumar  
Hans Årstad (Resigned 13 May 2021) 

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

23/23
21/23
23/23
23/23
4/6

In addition to the Directors, the General Counsel and Company Secretary has been invited to attend each meeting of the Board. The Board invites 
other members of Excom to attend its meetings as necessary and appropriate to the agenda to be discussed at the relevant Board meeting. 

The Board has the following committees each chaired by a Non-executive Director as follows:

Audit Committee
The Committee comprises only Non-executive Directors; in 2021 being chaired by Cuth McDowell and having as its other member, Tushar Kumar. 
Chris Hopkinson and Kate Coppinger became members of the Committee following their appointments on 10 January and 7 February 2022, 
respectively. Meetings are aligned with the Group’s financial reporting calendar and, in the year ended 31 December 2021, the Committee  
met on three occasions. The Finance Director is invited to attend each meeting of the Committee and participated in all of the meetings during 
the year. The external auditors are also invited to attend meetings of the Committee as appropriate and also meet the Committee without  
the presence of management at least annually. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

3/3
3/3

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled Committee meetings during 2021 is detailed in the table below:

Audit Committee Membership

Committee member  

Cuth McDowell (Chairman) 
Tushar Kumar 

Summary of the Committee’s Responsibilities
The Committee’s responsibilities include the following:

•  The Committee reviews reports from management and the Group’s auditors relating to the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts and the interim 

results announcements. The Committee advises the Board on whether the annual report and interim announcement are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for IGas’s stakeholders to assess performance against the Group’s strategy;
•  The Committee reviews compliance with legal requirements, accounting standards and the AIM Rules and is focused on ensuring that 

effective systems of internal financial and non-financial controls (including for the management of risk and whistle-blowing) are maintained. 
However, the ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the annual report and accounts remains with the Board; and

•  The Committee keeps under review the external auditors’ independence and considers the nature, scope, and results of the auditor’s work 
and develops a policy on and reviews (reserving the right to approve) any non-audit services that are provided by the external auditors.  
The Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board on their appointment and remuneration.

Key Areas of Focus in the Year Ended 31 December 2021
The Committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

•  Review of the 2020 Annual Report and of the significant risks identified which included the going concern assessment, including covenant 

compliance, impairment of oil and gas properties, accounting for the GT Energy acquisition and the decommissioning provision;

•  Review of the six months ended 30 June 2021 interim results announcement and of the significant risks which included the going concern 

assessment, including covenant compliance and impairment of oil and gas properties; and

•  Review and approval of the 2021 audit plan and the approach being taken by the Group’s auditors towards the 2021 audit.

Remuneration Committee
The Committee comprises only Non-executive Directors, in 2021 being chaired by Philip Jackson and having as its other member Cuth McDowell. 
Chris Hopkinson and Kate Coppinger became members of the Committee following their appointments on 10 January and 7 February 2022, 
respectively. The Committee met on six occasions in the year ended 31 December 2021. 

From time to time other Non-executive Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and the Human Resources Director may be invited to attend part  
or all of the meetings. 

In accordance with the Committee’s terms of reference, no Director may participate in discussions relating to their own terms and conditions  
of service or remuneration.

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled Committee meetings during 2021 is detailed in the table below:

Remuneration Committee Membership

Committee member 

Philip Jackson (Chairman)  
Cuth McDowell 

Summary of the Committee’s Responsibilities
The Committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

6/6
6/6

•  Making recommendations to the Board on the Company’s policy on the remuneration of the Chairman, Executive Director(s) and such other 

senior executives as are delegated to the Committee to consider;

•  Determining, within agreed terms of reference, the remainder of the remuneration packages for each of them, including pension rights, any 

compensation payments and the implementation of executive incentive schemes;

•  Monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for senior management;
•  Reviewing the design of share incentive plans for approval by the Board and determining the policy on annual awards to Executive Directors 

and senior executives; and

•  Reviewing progress made against performance targets and agreeing incentive awards.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34

Corporate Governance
continued

Key Areas of Focus in the Year Ended 31 December 2021
The Committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

•  Review of performance against the Group’s key performance indicators in the year ended 31 December 2020 and confirming the decision, as 
communicated to staff during the 2020 redundancy exercise, that no pay-out be made against performance to preserve cash in the business. 
Consequently, no bonus payment was made to staff in February 2021;

•  Review of long-term incentive plans and approving the issue of awards under the Executive Incentive Plan (EIP); and
•  Consideration of the scope and need to award additional shares under alternatives to the EIP as Long-Term Retention/Incentivisation plan.

Nomination Committee
The Committee comprises only Non-executive Directors; in 2021 being chaired by Cuth McDowell and having as its other member, Philip Jackson. 
Chris Hopkinson became a member of the Committee following his appointment on 10 January 2022. The CEO of the Company is invited to 
attend meetings of the Committee when the Committee is discussing matters related to executive management and such other matters as the 
Committee chairman deems appropriate. The Committee meets as required during the year but at least to consider any Director’s resignation.

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled Committee meetings during 2021 is detailed in the table below:

Nomination Committee Membership

Committee member 

Cuth McDowell  
Philip Jackson 

Summary of the Committee’s Responsibilities
The Committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended 
 (out of a total possible)

1/1
1/1

•  Considering the size, structure and composition of the Board, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement Directors and 

making appropriate recommendations to the Board; 

•  Making recommendations to the Board regarding membership of the Audit and Remuneration Committees; and
•  Ensuring that plans are in place for orderly succession to the Board and senior management positions, so as to maintain an appropriate 

balance of skills and experience within the Group and the Board. 

Key Areas of Focus in the Year Ended 31 December 2021
The principal activities of the Committee during the year were as follows:

•  To review the composition of the Board and identify potential Non-executive appointments; and
•  Continuing to ensure that appropriate succession plans are in place for Excom and senior management.

Internal Control
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Group’s system of internal controls and reviewing its 
effectiveness. The procedures that include, inter alia, financial, operational, health & safety, compliance matters and risk management (as 
detailed in the Strategic Report) are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 

The Group’s internal control procedures include the following:

•  Board approval for all significant projects, including corporate transactions and major capital projects;
•  The Board receives and reviews regular reports covering both the technical progress of projects and the Group’s financial affairs to facilitate 

its control; 

•  There is a comprehensive budgeting and planning system for all items of expenditure with an annual budget approved by the Board.  

Risk assessment and evaluation is an integral part of the annual planning cycle;

•  The Group has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the Group’s financial reporting process and the Group’s 

process for preparing consolidated accounts. These systems include policies and procedures to ensure that adequate accounting records are 
maintained and transactions are recorded accurately and fairly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS; and

•  The Audit Committee reviews draft annual and interim reports before recommending their publication to the Board. The Audit Committee 

discusses with the Finance Director and external auditors the significant accounting policies, estimates and judgements applied in preparing 
these reports. 

The internal control system can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Board has 
considered the need for a separate internal audit function but, bearing in mind the present size and composition of the Group, does not consider 
it necessary at the current time. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35

Anti-bribery and Corruption/Ethical Conduct
The Directors take the issue of bribery and corruption seriously. The Directors acknowledge the importance of ensuring that the Company,  
its employees and those third parties with which the business engages are operating within the requirements of the Bribery Act. The Company 
has a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption and has adopted an anti-bribery policy to protect the Group, its employees and those 
third parties with which the Company engages. IGas has reviewed the policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the UK Bribery Act, 
Modern Slavery Act and Criminal Finances Act. The Company continues actively to promote good practice and compliance throughout the Group 
and has continued its rolling online programme of anti-bribery and corruption and anti-facilitation of tax evasion, as well as anti-slavery and 
human trafficking training for all relevant employees.

The Group’s Modern Slavery Statement can be accessed here: http://igasplc.com/media/40884/modern-slavery-statement.pdf. 

Relations with Shareholders 
Communications with shareholders are considered important by the Directors. The primary contact with shareholders, investors and analysts  
is the CEO. Other senior management, however, regularly speak to investors and analysts during the year. Company circulars and press releases 
have also been issued throughout the year for the purpose of keeping investors informed about the Group’s progress and in accordance with  
AIM regulations.

The Company also maintains a website www.igasplc.com that is regularly updated and contains a wide range of information about the Group. 

See also the Company’s disclosure in relation to Principle Ten in the corporate governance statement on the Company website. 

Engaging with Stakeholders
The ways in which IGas solicits information from its stakeholder groups include, inter alia, public relations activities, regular formal contact  
via written communications, meetings, and conference calls. Informal contact is promoted through the use of social media where appropriate. 

The Board seeks to understand the Company’s stakeholders’ needs, interests and expectations by ensuring open channels of communication  
at all times and permitting all parties to openly discuss any issues or concerns they may have with the Company. 

The Company considers and acts on the information and feedback received by way of bilateral discussions or investor conference calls  
or RNS announcements when required.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements36

Directors’ Remuneration Report

This report explains our remuneration policy for Directors and sets out how decisions regarding Directors’ pay for the period under review have 
been taken.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Annual Statement
The Company’s policy is to maintain levels of remuneration sufficient to attract, motivate and retain senior executives of the highest calibre who 
can deliver growth in shareholder value. Executive Director remuneration currently consists of basic salary, pensions, benefits, annual bonus 
(based on annually set targets), and long-term incentives (to reward long-term performance). The Company seeks to strike an appropriate balance 
between fixed and performance-related reward so that the total remuneration package is structured to align a significant proportion to the 
achievement of performance targets, reinforcing a clear link between pay and performance. The performance targets for staff, senior executives 
and the Executive Director are each aligned to the key drivers of the business strategy, thereby creating a strong alignment of interest between 
staff, senior executives, the Executive Director and shareholders.

Following a detailed review in 2017, the Remuneration Committee proposed a number of changes to the annual cash bonus scheme, which it 
believes better aligned the bonuses of the CEO and senior executives to the Company’s KPIs and which, in the event of superior performance  
in any bonus period, introduce an element of staff retention through the use of stock awards with the Board agreeing that 50% of any bonus  
in excess of £30,000 be paid in the form of restricted stock and subject to a minimum holding period. Consequently, in the years that a bonus 
has been paid, the Executive Director has received his bonus in both cash and restricted stock. 

Subsequent to the 2017 review, the Board again agreed the Remuneration Committee Proposal that awards of restricted stock under the 
Executive Incentive Plan (EIP), the mechanics of which were detailed in the 2016 Annual Report, would again require an absolute share price 
appreciation as a condition of vesting (either in part or in full). In approving the Remuneration Committee’s recommendations, the Board 
stipulated that no part of the 2021 EIP awards (whether to the Executive Director or any other senior executive) will vest unless a minimum  
share price hurdle of an 8% increase in the share price (compounded over the three year period between the date of award and date of vesting) 
is met or exceeded. In order for 100% of the award to vest, the share price must appreciate by 20% each year over the 3 year period. 

The Committee continues to encourage all employee share ownership under the Share Incentive Plan and to deliver other non-fixed elements  
of compensation through the use of both cash and restricted shares. 

The Committee is currently undertaking a further review of the Company’s remuneration policy, taking account of the Company’s size, cashflow 
and operational complexity, to ensure it remains fit for purpose, continues to drive high levels of executive performance and remains both 
affordable and competitive in the market. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202137

The elements of the reward package are detailed below:

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Base salary 
The purpose of the base 
salary is to:

The Committee reviews base salaries annually to ensure that 
Executive Director’s pay remains competitively aligned with 
external market practices.

•  help recruit and retain 

key individuals;

•  reflect the individual’s 
skills, knowledge and 
abilities; and

•  ensure fair reward for 

“doing the job”.

Other benefits  
including pension

In determining whether to increase levels the Committee will take 
the following into consideration:

•  the performance of the individual Director;
•  the individual Director’s experience and responsibilities;
•  impact of any increase on the Group’s fixed costs; and
•  pay and conditions throughout the Company.

The Company provides Executive Directors with a pension 
contribution of 12.5% of base salary, part or all of which may 
be waived in favour of a taxable cash payment (less offset for 
employers NI) if the pension contribution resulted in a breach of 
the annual or lifetime pension earnings cap. Other benefits in kind 
include medical insurance and income protection or lump sum 
payments in the event of extended sickness absence, disability 
and/or death in service.

Annual Cash Bonus

Executive Directors and staff are eligible to participate in  
a discretionary bonus plan.

Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

The Committee will determine on an annual basis whether  
a proportion of the bonus payment (currently 50% of any award  
in excess of £30,000) will be paid in Company shares. 

Maximum bonus levels and the proportion payable for target 
performance are considered in the light of market bonus levels  
for similar roles among the industry sector.

Bonuses paid in cash (and where applicable, shares) are not 
pensionable.

In terms of bonus targets a balanced scorecard approach is 
operated which focuses on a mixture of strategic, operational, 
financial and non-financial metrics.

Under the LTIP adopted by the Board in 2011, participants can 
each be granted two types of award: an initial award and an annual 
award. Both types of award are in the form of a nil cost option. If 
the relevant conditions attaching to the awards are met at the end 
of a three year vesting period, then the participant has a further 
seven years in which to exercise the award.

The primary purpose of the initial awards is to aid the recruitment 
of key executives. These awards vest at the end of a three-
year performance period provided the Company’s share price 
performance exceeds the Company’s weighted average cost of 
capital of 10%.

The LTIP also provides for annual awards to be granted which will 
vest at the end of a three-year period provided certain challenging 
corporate performance conditions have been met. The purpose 
of the annual award is to provide a competitive annual total 
remuneration package which retains and motivates the  
Executive Directors and other key executives.

The Committee will retain 
the discretion to increase an 
individual’s salary where there is 
a significant difference between 
current levels and a market 
competitive rate for similar 
positions in similar organisations 
(based on size, complexity and 
industry sector).

The percentage of maximum bonus 
entitlement received is based on 
the achievement of individually 
challenging targets supporting 
corporate objectives.

The maximum potential bonus 
entitlement for Executive Directors 
under the plan is up to 100% of 
base salary.

The maximum individual limit for 
an initial award is 300% of salary.

The maximum individual limit for 
an annual award in any financial 
year is 200% of salary (this limit 
was increased from 150% during 
the 2014/15 financial year).

No awards have been made under 
this plan since November 2015.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements38

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Executive Incentive Plan 
(EIP)

Under the EIP adopted by the Board in March 2016, participants 
were granted a share award in the form of a nil-cost option, 
released at the end of a three year holding period provided 
that the Executive Director remains in employment and that the 
Remuneration Committee are satisfied that corporate performance 
has been satisfactory (with reference to share price). A multiplier 
will also apply to this share award to ensure that management are 
focused on the execution of the business strategy and the creation 
of long-term value for shareholders. 

For the first share award (March 2016) the multiplier was set as 
follows:

Annual award to the current 
Executive Director of no more than 
100% of salary subject to two 
times multiplier (i.e. the maximum 
number of shares which could vest 
is equal to 200% of salary) for 
awards made between 2016 and 
2020 and to a one times multiplier 
(i.e. the maximum number of shares 
which could vest is equal to 100% 
of salary) for the award made  
in 2021.

Share price target 

£10.00 
£15.00 

Multiplier

1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

For the subsequent three share awards (October 2017, March 2018 
and March 2019) the multiplier was set as follows:

Share price target 

< £1.13 
£1.13 – £1.25 
£1.26 – £1.39 
£1.40 – £1.54 
£1.55 – £1.74 
£1.75 – £1.96 
> £1.96 

Multiplier

0.00 x shares awarded
0.25 x shares awarded
0.50 x shares awarded
0.75 x shares awarded
1.00 x shares awarded
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

For the March 2020 award the multiplier was set as follows:

Share price target 

< £0.36 
£0.36 – £0.39 
£0.40 – £0.43 
£0.44 – £0.48 
£0.49 – £0.55 
£0.56 – £0.62 
> £0.63 

Multiplier

0.00 x shares awarded
0.25 x shares awarded
0.50 x shares awarded
0.75 x shares awarded
1.00 x shares awarded
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

For the April 2021 award the multiplier was set as follows:

Share price target 

< £0.35 
£0.35 – £0.39 
£0.40 – £0.49 
£0.50 +  

Multiplier

0.000 x shares awarded
0.333 x shares awarded
0.666 x shares awarded
1.000 x shares awarded

The Executive Director is required to build a shareholding over  
a five-year period of at least 150% of salary to further support the 
alignment of their interests with those of shareholders. 

The Executive Director has not exercised any EIP awards since the 
plan’s inception.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202139

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Executive Director 
Retention Plan (EDRP)

Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which vest 
and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject 
to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one year holding 
period following the date of vesting.

Share Investment Plan 
(SIP)

In 2013, the Company adopted an HMRC approved SIP for all 
employees of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive 
plan pursuant to which all employees are eligible to subscribe for 
up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares 
per month.

Shares are acquired on a quarterly basis and the Company 
automatically matches the employee contribution, acquiring 
matching ‘partnership’ shares on a 1-to-1 basis. Subject to the 
Company achieving pre-defined quarterly production targets, 
the Company increases the partnership share matching element 
for that quarter to 2-to-1. In order to receive their allocation of 
Company partnership shares, employees must ordinarily remain 
employed by the Company for a period of 3 years from the date of 
grant of the matching award.

The EDRP was adopted as an 
exceptional share arrangement and 
S Bowler was granted an award of 
options over 175,000 ordinary shares 
in July 2015.

No subsequent awards have been 
made under this plan.

Employees are eligible to acquire 
up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if 
less) worth of IGas ordinary shares 
per month from gross salary.

The Company will match the shares 
purchased on a 1-to-1 basis and, 
subject to the Company having met 
pre-defined quarterly production 
targets, will increase the matching 
element for that quarter to 2-to-1.

Annual Report on Remuneration
Remit of the Remuneration Committee
The remit of the Committee is provided in the Corporate Governance section.

Share price movements during the year
The Group’s share price as at 31 December 2021 was 13.43p per share. The highest price during the year was 28.80p per share and the lowest 
share price during the year was 12.85p per share.

Current arrangements in financial year (Audited)
Executive Director
The Executive Director is employed under a rolling contract with a notice periods of 12 months from the Company or executive.

Director’s emoluments for the year was as follows:

Executive Director 

  Payment 
in lieu of 
Salary  pension 
£000 
£000 

S Bowler – CEO 
Total – Executive Directors 

364 
364 

37 
37 

Year ended 31 December 2021  

Year ended 31 December 2020

Bonus 
(Cash) 
£000 

113 
113 

Bonus 

(Shares)  Pensions 
£000 

£000 

83 
83 

3 
3 

Total 
£000 

600 
600 

  Payment 
in lieu of  
Salary  pension 
£000 
£000 

373 
373 

39 
39 

Bonus 
 (Cash) 
£000 

Bonus

 (Shares)  Pensions 
£000 

£000 

– 
– 

– 
– 

7 
7 

Total
£000

419
419

On 9 April 2020 S Bowler was made a base award under the 2016 EIP scheme over 1,277,685 ordinary shares in the Company.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40

Directors’ Remuneration Report
continued

As at 31 December 2021, the outstanding long-term incentives held by the Executive Director who served during the year are set out in the  
table below:

Executive Director Retention Plan

Date of 
grant 

S Bowler 

13/07/2015 

2016 Executive Incentive Plan

Date of 
grant 

30/03/2016 
16/10/2017 
21/03/2018 
28/03/2019 
09/04/2020 
07/04/2021 

S Bowler 

Changes  
during year 

At  
1 January 
2021 

175,000 

At  
1 January 
2021 

74,076 
– 
396,667 
469,435 
1,277,685 
– 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
725,000 

2,217,863 

725,000 

2016 Management Retention Plan (Bonus Scheme Shares)

Share 
options 
exercised 

– 

Share 
options 
exercised 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2021 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 

175,000 

13/07/2016 

13/07/2023

Share 
options 
lapsed 

– 
– 
396,667 
– 
– 
– 

As at 
31 December 
2021 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

74,076 
– 
– 
469,435 
1,277,685 
725,000 

30/03/2026
30/03/2019 
16/10/2020
Failed to Vest 
21/03/2021
Failed to Vest 
25/02/2022 
25/02/2029
09/04/2023  09/04/2030
07/04/2031
07/04/2024 

396,667 

2,546,196 

S Bowler 

Date of 
grant 

21/03/2018 
28/03/2019 
09/04/2020 

At  
1 January 
2021 

33,431 
56,036 
161,777 

251,244 

Share 
options 
granted 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2021 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

33,431 
56,036 
161,777 

251,244 

17/01/2019 
25/02/2020 
22/01/2021 

21/03/2026
28/03/2027
22/01/2028

2016 Management Retention Plan (Salary Replacement Shares)

S Bowler 

Date of 
grant 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

At  
1 January 
2021 

39,641 
40,310 
53,938 
59,083 
49,011 
47,675 

289,658 

Share 
options 
granted 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2021 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

39,641 
40,310 
53,938 
59,083 
49,011 
47,675 

289,658 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

Lapse
date

24/07/2028
25/08/2028
25/09/2028
23/10/2028
25/11/2028
21/12/2028

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
41

Non-executive Directors
The Non-executive Directors are employed under rolling contracts with notice periods of three months, under which they are not entitled to any 
pension, benefits or bonuses.

Non Executive Directors 

C McDowell1 
P Jackson2 
T Kumar2 
H Årstad3  

Total – Non-executive Directors 

Year ended 31 December 2021  

Year ended 31 December 2020

Emoluments 
£000 

Taxable 
benefits 
£000 

Pensions 
£000 

Total  Emoluments 
£000 
£000 

Taxable
benefits 
£000 

Pensions 
£000 

 100 
 55 
 45 
– 

200 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

100 
 55 
 45 
– 

200 

103* 
55 
52** 
– 

210 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total
£000

103
55
52
–

210

1  Appointed Interim Chairman with effect from 11 October 2019.
2   Under the terms of their appointments, IGas Energy plc paid an annual fee to Kerogen Capital for £55,000 in respect of P Jackson and £45,000 in respect  

of T Kumar. The Fee for P Jackson is payable at the instruction of Kerogen Capital to Pangaea Capital Partners Limited. 

3   H Årstad resigned as a Director on 13 May 2021. Under the terms of his appointment no fee was paid to H Årstad.
*   This includes the value of both salary received and the nil cost option awarded. 
** This includes one Non-executive Director’s Fee, that was paid with a replacement by the issue of shares on a quarterly basis, for the final two quarters of 2020 

pursuant to the “Operations & Cost Savings Update” issued on 25 June 2020.

C McDowell 

Date of 
grant 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

At  
1 January 
2021 

10,887 
11,070 
14,813 
16,226 
13,460 
13,093 

79,549 

Share 
options 
granted 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2021 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

10,887 
11,070 
14,813 
16,226 
13,460 
13,093 

79,549 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

Lapse
date

24/07/2028
25/08/2028
25/09/2028
23/10/2028
25/11/2028
21/12/2028

Philip Jackson
Chairman Remuneration Committee
6 April 2022

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42

Directors’ Report

The Directors have pleasure in presenting their report together with the Group and Parent Company financial statements for the year ended  
31 December 2021. The Corporate Governance Statement set out on pages 24 to 27 of this Annual Report forms part of this report.

Business review and future developments
A review of the business and the future developments of the Group are presented in the Chairman’s Statement, the Chief Executive’s Statement 
and the Financial Review, which are all sections within the Strategic Report.

Dividends
The Directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend for the year (year ended 31 December 2020: £nil).

Principal activity
The Group’s principal area of activity is exploring for, appraising, developing and producing oil and gas.

Share capital
Details of changes to share capital in the period are set out in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Directors and their interests
The Directors who served during the year were as follows:

C McDowell 
S Bowler 
P Jackson 
T Kumar 
H Årstad (resigned 13 May 2021) 

Interim Non-executive Chairman
Chief Executive Officer 
Non-executive
Non-executive
Non-executive

The beneficial interest of each of the Directors’ and their immediate families in the ordinary share capital of the Company are shown below:

C McDowell 
S Bowler 
P Jackson 
T Kumar 
H Årstad (resigned 13 May 2021) 

31 December 2021 
Ordinary 0.002p Shares 

31 December 2020
Ordinary 0.002p Shares

Number 

219,170 
126,417 
– 
– 
– 

% 

0.18 
0.10 
– 
– 
– 

Number 

219,170 
94,590 
– 
– 
– 

%

0.18
0.08
–
–
–

In addition, on 24 January 2022, S Bowler subscribed to his full entitlement under the Group’s share scheme and accordingly was allotted  
6,186 shares.

Annual General Meeting 2022
The AGM will be held at the offices at Pinsent Masons LLP, 30 Crown Place, Earl Street, London, EC2A 4ES on 15 June 2022, commencing at  
10:30 a.m. The resolutions to be proposed at the AGM are set out and fully explained in the notice of AGM available on the Company’s website 
at: https://www.igasplc.com/investors/publications-and-reports.

Rotation and re-election of Directors
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, P Jackson and T Kumar retire by rotation and C Hopkinson and K Coppinger,  
having been appointed after the date of the Company’s 2021 annual general meeting (each in 2022) retire and they each offer themselves  
for re-election at the AGM on 15 June 2022. 

Directors’ insurance and indemnity provisions
Subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006, the Company has arranged appropriate directors and officers’ insurance to 
indemnify the Directors and officers against liability in respect of proceedings brought by third parties. Such provision remains in force at the 
date of this report.

The Company indemnifies the Directors against actions they undertake or fail to undertake as Directors or officers of any Group company, to the 
extent permissible for such indemnities to meet the test of a qualifying third party indemnity provision as provided for by the Companies Act 
2006. The nature and extent of the indemnities is as described in Section 58 of the Company’s Articles of Association as adopted on 5 June 2020 
(and this remains unchanged from the position pursuant to the Company’s previous articles of association, adopted on 8 August 2013). Therefore, 
these provisions remained in force throughout the period and remain in place at the date of this report.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43

Substantial shareholders
As at 6 April 2022, the Company had been notified in accordance with the requirements of provision 5.1.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the following significant holdings in the Company’s ordinary share capital:

Kerogen General Partner II Limited 
J.O. Hambro 
Royal London AM 
Bank of America 
HSBC 

 Number of Shares 

34,214,615 
  12,000,000 
10,155,760 
9,554,894 
8,245,546 

%

27.2
 9.6
8.1
7.6
6.6

Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash balances, borrowings, derivative instruments and other debtors and creditors that arise 
through the normal course of business as set out in note 23 to the consolidated financial statements. The Group’s financial risk management 
objectives are also set out in note 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

Employment policy
It is the policy of the Group to operate a fair employment policy. No employee or job applicant is less favourably treated than another on 
the grounds of their sex, sexual orientation, age, marital status, religion, race, nationality, ethnic or national origin, colour or disability and all 
appointments and promotions are determined solely on merit. The Directors encourage employees to be aware of all issues affecting the Group 
and place considerable emphasis on employees sharing in its success.

Political contributions
The Group made no political donations during the year (year ended 31 December 2020: £nil).

Status
The Company is not a close company as defined in the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

The Company is domiciled in the UK and incorporated and registered in England.

Board committees
Information on the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees are included in the Corporate Governance Statement in this Annual Report.

Independent auditors
A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent auditors will be proposed at the AGM on 15 June 2022.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor
So far as each person who was a Director at the date of approving this report is aware, there is no relevant audit information, being information 
needed by the auditors in connection with preparing its report, of which the auditors are unaware. Having made enquiries of fellow Directors, 
each Director has taken all the steps that a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken as a Director in order to make himself aware  
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Thamala Perera Schuetze
General Counsel and Company Secretary
IGas Energy plc
Registered Office:
Welton Gathering Centre
Barfield Lane off Wragby Road 
Sudbrooke
Lincoln 
LN2 2QX 

Registered in England (company number: 04981279)
6 April 2022

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group 
and the Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards.

Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 

and explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue  

in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention  
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the group’s and company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s and Company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 

and to establish that the Group’s and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

On behalf of the Board,

Stephen Bowler  
Chief Executive Officer 
6 April 2022 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
  
Independent Auditors’ Report
to the members of IGas Energy plc

45

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion, IGas Energy plc’s Group financial statements and Parent Company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of the Group’s loss and 

the Group’s and Parent Company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; and
•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2021 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the 
Consolidated and Parent Company Balance Sheets as at 31 December 2021; the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements and the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of 
Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting 
policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
•  We scoped in all components for the purpose of the Group audit.
•  This enabled us to obtain coverage of 100% of the Group’s consolidated revenue, consolidated comprehensive loss for the year and 

consolidated total assets.

Key audit matters
•  Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets (Group)
•  Carrying value of exploration and evaluation assets (Group)
•  Carrying value of development costs (Group)
•  Carrying value of the decommissioning provision (Group)
•  Carrying value of Investments in subsidiaries and inter-company receivables (Parent Company)

Materiality
•  Overall Group materiality: £1,200,000 (2020: £1,200,000) based on 0.7% of total assets.
•  Overall Parent Company materiality: £390,000 (2020: £475,000) based on 1% of net assets.
•   Performance materiality: £900,000 (2020: £900,000) (Group) and £292,500 (2020: £350,000) (Parent Company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements46

Independent Auditors’ Report
to the members of IGas Energy plc continued

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in  
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion  
on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

The carrying value of development costs is a new key audit matter this year. Consideration of the impact of COVID-19 (Group and Parent 
Company) and Acquisition accounting (Group and Parent Company), which were key audit matters last year, are no longer included because of 
changes to our risk assessment. We have no longer included a KAM on the Consideration of the impact of COVID-19 (Group and Parent Company) 
because of the relatively insignificant financial and operational impact of COVID-19 on the Group and Parent Company during the year under 
audit. The risk around Acquisition accounting (Group and Parent Company) was not applicable as there have been no acquisitions in the year 
under audit. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets 
(Group)
Refer to note 1 Accounting policies and note 10 
Property, plant and equipment.

We performed the following procedures to test management’s assessment for 
indicators of impairment/ impairment reversal:

As at 31 December 2021, the carrying value of oil and 
gas assets totalled £73.2 million.

•  understood and evaluated management’s processes in respect of the 

impairment trigger assessment process;

As disclosed in note 10, management assessed the 
oil and gas assets for impairment indicators and 
concluded that there were no impairment indicators 
as at 31 December 2021. Management also assessed 
for indicators to reverse impairments recorded in 
the prior years and concluded that there were no 
impairment reversal indicators and a reversal of prior 
year impairments would not be appropriate.

We focused on this area due to the material nature 
of the balance and the estimates and judgements 
involved in assessing for both impairment indicators as 
well as indicators of reversal of prior year impairments.

Carrying value of exploration and evaluation assets 
(Group)
Refer to note 1 Accounting policies and note 9 
Intangible assets.

•  assessed the appropriateness of management’s identification of the Group’s 

CGUs; and

•  evaluated and challenged management’s assessment and judgements in 

respect of impairment/ impairment reversal indicators.

As a result of our work, we are satisfied that management’s impairment 
assessment of oil and gas assets is appropriate and that there are no indicators 
of impairment/ impairment reversal in respect of the carrying value of the oil 
and gas assets as at 31 December 2021.

Finally, we considered the adequacy of management’s disclosure in relation to 
the impairment assessment in note 10 and concluded that these are in line with 
the requirements of IAS 36.

We have evaluated management’s assessment which supports the carrying 
value of the exploration and evaluation assets.

As at 31 December 2021, the carrying value of the 
Group’s exploration and evaluation assets was  
£34.8 million.

This included confirming that for each licence that there was an on-going 
work programme and that the carrying amount of the licence was likely to be 
recovered in full from successful development.

As disclosed in note 9, in accordance with IFRS 6, 
management assessed the exploration and evaluation 
assets for impairment indicators. We focused on this 
area due to the material nature of the balance and the 
estimates and judgements involved in assessing for 
impairment indicators.

We concur with management that licences with a carrying value of £10.5 
million did not meet these criteria and, in line with IFRS 6, were written  
off in the year; and that the remaining carrying value is supportable.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
47

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Carrying value of development costs (Group)
Refer to note 1 Accounting policies and note 9 
Intangible assets.

As at 31 December 2021, the carrying value of the 
Group’s development costs was £3.5 million. The 
development costs are intangible assets with an 
indefinite useful life within the scope of IAS 36 which 
should be tested for impairment at least annually or 
sooner when circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value may be impaired.

As disclosed in note 9, management reviewed the 
carrying value of development costs for impairment as 
at 31 December 2021 and performed a qualitative and 
quantitative assessment.

We focused on this area due to the material nature 
of the balance and the estimates and judgements 
involved in assessing for impairment.

Carrying value of the decommissioning provision 
(Group)
Refer to note 1 Accounting policies and note 19 
Provisions.

As at 31 December 2021, the carrying value of the 
decommissioning provision was £66.0 million for the 
abandonment and site restoration of wells and sites.

The abandonment and decommissioning activities are 
expected to take place between 1 to 40 years from the 
year end.

We focused on this area as the determination of the 
decommissioning liability is inherently judgemental 
and includes estimates of future costs.

Carrying value of Investments in subsidiaries and 
inter-company receivables (Parent Company)
Refer to note 1 Accounting policies, note 2 Investments 
in subsidiaries and note 4 Trade and other receivables.

As at 31 December 2021, the carrying value of the 
Parent Company’s Investments in subsidiaries was 
£182.0 million at 31 December 2021, comprising  
£32.3 million of Investments in subsidiaries and  
£149.7 million of loans to Group companies, and  
inter-company receivables of £22.9 million.

We focused on this area due to the material nature  
of the balance.

We have:

•  evaluated management’s qualitative assessment of the status of the project 

and its viability;

•  verified the inputs used in management’s quantitative assessment to 

determine the recoverable amount of the project based on discounted future 
cash flows; and

•  audited management’s model and the underlying assumptions used in the 

qualitative assessment, which we consider to be reasonable.

Considering the early stage of the project and the qualitative factors in favour 
of the project, we concur with management that there is no evidence of an 
impairment at the date of the balance sheet.

We also considered the adequacy of management’s disclosures in relation to 
the impairment assessment in note 9. We concluded these were in line with the 
requirements of IAS 36.

We have:

•  verified the completeness of the number of wells included in management’s 

estimate;

•  assessed management’s cost per well estimate and evaluated the results of 

actual decommissioning costs;

•  verified the work performed by management’s experts on estimating the cost 

for decommissioning and challenged them on the estimates used;
•  we also assessed the objectivity, independence and competency of 

management’s experts;

•  benchmarked the risk-free rate used by management compared with industry 

practice; and

•  considered the adequacy of management’s disclosures in note 19.

Based on the procedures performed we concur with management that their 
assessment of the decommissioning provision is reasonable and conclude that 
the disclosures in note 19 are adequate.

In evaluating management’s impairment assessment of the Parent Company’s 
Investments in subsidiaries and inter-company receivables, we have:

•  evaluated management’s assessment of the expected credit loss on the 

Parent Company’s inter-company receivables performed in accordance with 
IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’;

•  evaluated management’s determination of whether any indicators of 

impairment existed by comparing the carrying value of Investments in 
subsidiaries to the market capitalisation of the Group at 31 December 2021 
and agreed that an impairment assessment was necessary;

•  obtained management’s assessment which included comparing the net 

book value of each entity with the carrying value of the Parent Company’s 
investments and inter-company receivables to determine if there is an 
impairment or a credit loss allowance;

•  verified the mathematical accuracy of the calculations; and
•  considered the adequacy of the disclosures made.

Based on the procedures performed we concur with management that, after 
impairment and credit loss allowance, the carrying value of Investments in 
subsidiaries is supportable.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
48

Independent Auditors’ Report
to the members of IGas Energy plc continued

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Parent Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate.

The Group is structured along two segments being ‘operational’, which includes the conventional and unconventional licences, and ‘unallocated’, 
which comprises mainly of corporate assets and head office expenses. For the purposes of financial reporting, the Group considers two reporting 
components – the Parent Company financial statements and the Group financial statements. These components comprise the Group’s centralised 
functions and operating businesses within these segments. All of the Group’s operating businesses are located in the UK. All the Group entities 
have central management and centralised processes and controls and therefore our audit work was all conducted solely in the UK.

We scoped in both reporting components for the purpose of the Group audit. This gave us 100% coverage over the Group’s consolidated 
revenue, consolidated comprehensive loss for the year and consolidated total assets and gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the 
Group financial statements as a whole.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – Group

Financial statements – Parent Company

Overall materiality

£1,200,000 (2020: £1,200,000).

£390,000 (2020: £475,000).

How we determined it

0.7% of total assets

1% of net assets

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

This benchmark reflects the Group’s primary focus 
to continue to enlarge its assets through significant 
investment in its exploration and development 
assets.

We believe that net assets is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in assessing 
the performance of the entity, and is a generally 
accepted auditing benchmark.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance 
materiality was 75% (2020: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £900,000 (2020: £900,000) for the Group financial statements and 
£292,500 (2020: £350,000) for the Parent Company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation 
risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £60,000 (Group 
audit) (2020: £60,000) and £19,500 (Parent Company audit) (2020: £23,750) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
49

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis  
of accounting included:

•  checking the mathematical accuracy of management’s cash flow forecast and confirming the opening cash position;
•  challenging and evaluating management’s underlying cash flow projections including comparing forecast sales volumes, operating costs, 
capital expenditure and abandonment expenditure to recent actuals and internal forecasts and comparing forecast future oil prices and 
foreign exchange rates to external data;

•  assessing the reasonableness of management’s downside case, including assessing management’s ability to take mitigating actions, including 

delaying capital expenditure and reducing costs; and

•  reviewing the completeness and appropriateness of management’s going concern disclosures in the financial statements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.  
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters  
as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2021 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit,  
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements50

Independent Auditors’ Report
to the members of IGas Energy plc continued

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 
The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related 
to tax regulations, employment laws and health and safety regulation, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a 
material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements 
such as Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements 
(including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries and 
management bias in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•  Discussions with management and internal legal counsel, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with 

laws and regulations;

•  Challenging the assumptions and judgements made by management in determining their significant accounting estimates (as outlined further 

in the “Key audit matters” section of this report); and

•  Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations or unusual words.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment 
by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a 
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent 
in writing.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202151

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Timothy McAllister (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London

6 April 2022

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements52

Consolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue 

Cost of sales: 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Other costs of sales 

Gross profit/(loss) 
Administrative expenses 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Oil and gas assets impairment 
(Loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments 
Gain on foreign exchange contracts 

Operating loss 

Finance income 
Finance costs 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 
Other income 

Loss from continuing activities before tax 
Income tax credit 

Loss after tax from continuing operations attributable to shareholders’ equity 
Loss after taxation from discontinued operations 

Net loss for the year attributable to shareholders’ equity  

Loss attributable to equity shareholders from continuing operations:
Basic loss per share  
Diluted loss per share  

Loss attributable to equity shareholders including discontinued operations:
Basic loss per share  
Diluted loss per share  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year: 
Currency translation adjustments recycled to the income statement 
Currency translation adjustments 

Total other comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

The notes on pages 56 to 89 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended 
31 December  
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

37,916 

21,578

Note 

2 

(4,794) 
(19,105) 

(23,899) 

14,017 
(5,827) 
(10,463) 
– 
(6,715) 
– 

(8,988) 

2 
(3,850) 
570 
– 

(12,266) 
6,230 

(6,036) 
(203) 

(6,239) 

(5,974)
(17,553)

(23,527)

(1,949)
(5,331)
(67)
(38,535)
3,520
229

(42,133)

1,472
(3,648)
(180)
415

(44,074)
1,985

(42,089)
(11,060)

(53,149)

(4.82p) 
(4.82p) 

(34.35p)
(34.35p)

(4.98p) 
(4.98p) 

(43.37p)
(43.37p)

9 
10 
4 
4 

3 

6 
6 
19 

7 

16 

8 
8 

8 
8 

Note 

16 

Year ended 
31 December  
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

(6,239) 

(53,149)

326 
– 

326 

10,781
(19)

10,762

(5,913) 

(42,387)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
as at 31 December 2021

Assets
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Restricted cash 
Deferred tax asset 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total assets 

Liabilities
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Other reserves 
Accumulated deficit 

Total equity 

53

31 December 
 2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

Note 

9 
10 
12 
15 
7 

13 
14 
15 
23 

17 
23 
12 
19 

18 
17 
12 
19 

24 
24 

25 

38,322 
74,583 
7,017 
410 
38,176 

46,711
72,439
7,658
410
31,945

158,508 

159,163

1,092 
5,509 
3,289 
– 

9,890 

1,023
4,095
2,438
314

7,870

168,398 

167,033

(6,863) 
(1,410) 
(815) 
(2,419) 

(11,507) 

(14,836) 
(770) 
(6,362) 
(66,307) 

(88,275) 

(99,782) 

68,616 

(5,247)
(1,271)
(694)
(293)

(7,505)

(13,695)
(1,160)
(6,820)
(64,550)

(86,225)

(93,730)

73,303

30,333 
102,992 
3,799 
36,257 
(104,765) 

30,333
102,906
3,473
35,117
(98,526)

68,616 

73,303

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 6 April 2022 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Frances Ward
Finance Director

The notes on pages 56 to 89 form an integral part of these financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Called up  
share capital  
(note 24)  
 £000 

At 1 January 2020 
Loss for the year 
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 25) 
Issue of shares (note 24) 
Disposal of shares held in EBT (note 25) 
Currency translation adjustments 

At 31 December 2020 
Loss for the year  
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 25) 
Issue of shares (note 24) 
Currency translation adjustments 

At 31 December 2021 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 

Share 
premium 
account  
(note 24) 
 £000 

102,680 
– 
– 
226 
– 
– 

102,906 
– 
– 
86 
– 

102,992 

Foreign
currency 
translation 
reserve* 
£000 

Other 

reserves**  Accumulated 
deficit 
(note 25) 
£000 
 £000 

(7,289) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
10,762 

3,473 
– 
– 
– 
326 

3,799 

32,781 
– 
2,366 
(30) 
– 
– 

35,117 
– 
1,140 
– 
– 

(45,395) 
(53,149) 
– 
– 
18 
– 

(98,526) 
(6,239) 
– 
– 
– 

Total
equity
£000

113,110
(53,149)
2,366
196
18
10,762

73,303
(6,239)
1,140
86
326

36,257 

(104,765) 

68,616

*  The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange gains and losses on translation of previously held foreign currency subsidiaries’ net assets  

and results, and on translation of those subsidiaries’ intercompany balances, which formed part of the net investment of the Group. During the year ended  
31 December 2021, we commenced the liquidation process for the remaining foreign currency subsidiaries and control over these entities has been transferred 
to the administrators (see note 16).

** Other reserves include: 1) EIP/MRP/LTIP/VCP/EDRP reserves which represent the cost of share options issued under the long-term incentive plans; 2) share 

investment plan reserve which represents the cost of the partnership and matching shares; 3) treasury shares reserve which represents the cost of shares in 
IGas Energy plc purchased in the market and previously held by the IGas Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) to satisfy awards held under the Group incentive plans 
(see note 25); 4) capital contribution reserve which arose following the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited (see note 25); and 5) merger reserve which 
arose on the reverse acquisition of Island Gas Limited (see note 25).

The notes on pages 56 to 89 form an integral part of these financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Loss from continuing activities before tax for the year 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation* 
Abandonment costs/other provisions utilised 
Share-based payment charge 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Oil and gas assets impairment 
Change in unrealised loss on oil price derivatives 
Change in unrealised loss/(gain) on foreign exchange contracts 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 
Other income 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non-cash adjustments 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables and other financial assets 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

Cash from continuing operating activities 

Cash used in discontinued operating activities 

Taxation paid – continuing operating activities 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchase of intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible development assets 
Cash acquired on acquisition of subsidiary 
Other income received 
Interest received 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Proceeds from disposal of shares held in EBT net of costs 
Drawdown on Reserves Based Lending facility 
Repayment on Reserves Based Lending facility 
Repayment of principal portion of lease liability 
Repayment of interest on lease liabilities 
Interest paid 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

55

Year ended  
31 December  
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

Notes 

3 

5 
9 
10 
4 
4 
19 

6 
6 

24 
25 
15 
15 
12 
12 
15 

15 

(12,266) 
4,903 
(356) 
878 
10,463 
– 
138 
315 
(570) 
– 
(2) 
3,850 
9 

7,362 
(1,637) 
1,699 
(69) 

7,355 

(221) 

– 

7,134 

(734) 
(3,905) 
(167) 
– 
– 4
2 

(44,074)
6,303
(1,348)
1,025
67
38,535
1,048
(229)
180
(415)
(1,472)
3,648
(10)

3,258
1,514
(1,187)
170

3,755

(156)

–

3,599

(2,314)
(6,152)
(67)
77

11

(4,804) 

(8,441)

40 

– 4

1,432 
(756) 
(747) 
(684) 
(812) 

(1,527) 

803 
48 
2,438 

3,289 

56

5,544
(4,645)
(973)
(795)
(940)

(1,749)

(6,591)
835
8,194

2,438

*  Depletion, depreciation and amortisation includes £1.0 million (2020: £1.3 million) relating to right-of-use assets (note 12).

The notes on pages 56 to 89 form an integral part of these financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The consolidated financial statements of IGas Energy plc and subsidiaries (the Group) have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards. The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 6 April 2022. IGas Energy 
plc is a public limited company (limited by shares) incorporated and registered in England, United Kingdom, and listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (AIM).

UK company law requires the change in basis of preparation from international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 for the purposes of financial reporting as a result of the UK’s exit from the European Union on 31 January 2020 and 
the cessation of the transitional financial year on 31 December 2020. This change does not constitute a change in accounting policy but rather 
a change in framework, which is required to ground the use of IFRS in UK company law. There is no impact on recognition, measurement or 
disclosure between the two frameworks in the financial year reported.

The Group financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments that 
are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting financial year. The Group financial statements are presented in UK pounds sterling and  
all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated.

Subsidiary undertakings exemption from audit
For the year ending 31 December 2021, the subsidiaries listed below were entitled to exemption from audit under section 479A of the 
Companies Act 2006 relating to subsidiary companies. The exemption requires IGas Energy plc to guarantee the liabilities of these subsidiaries, 
which are as follows:

Star Energy Group Limited – 05054503
Star Energy Limited – 03806814
Star Energy Weald Basin Limited – 06293763
IGas Energy Enterprise Limited – 05457589
Island Gas Limited – 04962079
Island Gas (Singleton) Limited – 01021095
Dart Energy (Europe) Limited – SC259898
Dart Energy (East England) Limited – 06760546
IGas Energy Production Limited – SC298739
Dart Energy (West England) Limited – 06760557
IGas Energy Development Limited – 07240286
GT Energy UK Limited – 08451346

New and amended IFRS standards that are effective for the current year
During the year, the Group adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting financial year commencing  
1 January 2021:

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 
Amendments IFRS 16 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2
COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions

The adoption of the standards listed above did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

New and revised IFRS standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRS standards that have 
been issued but are not yet effective:

IFRS 17 (including the June 2020 amendments to IFRS 17) 
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 

Amendments to IAS 1 
Amendments to IFRS 3 
Amendments to IAS 16 
Amendments to IAS 37 
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle 

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 
Amendments to IAS 8 
Amendments to IAS 12 

Insurance Contracts
Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate  
or Joint Venture
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
Reference to the Conceptual Framework
Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use
Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract
 Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting 
Standards, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IFRS 16 Leases, and IAS 41 Agriculture
Disclosure of Accounting Policies
Definition of Accounting Estimates
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group 
in future financial years.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
57

1 Accounting policies continued
(b) Going concern
The Group continues to closely monitor and manage its liquidity risks. Cash flow forecasts for the Group are regularly produced based on, inter 
alia, the Group’s production and expenditure forecasts, management’s best estimate of future oil prices, management’s best estimate of foreign 
exchange rates and the Group’s available loan facility under the RBL. Sensitivities are run to reflect different scenarios including, but not limited 
to, possible further reductions in commodity prices, strengthening of sterling and reductions in forecast oil and gas production rates. 

The Group’s operating cash flows have improved in 2021 as a result of improving commodity prices and we have successfully completed 
the 2021 year-end redetermination. However, the ability of the Group to operate as a going concern is dependent upon the continued 
availability of future cash flows and the availability of the monies drawn under its RBL, which is redetermined semi-annually based on various 
parameters (including oil price and level of reserves) and is also dependent on the Group not breaching its RBL covenants. We also assumed 
that our existing RBL facility is amortised in line with its terms but is not refinanced or extended resulting a reduction in the facility to $12 
million from 1 July 2023. To mitigate these risks, the Group benefits from its hedging policy with 231,000 bbls currently hedged for Q2-Q4 
2022 using swaps at an average price of $74/bbl and 129,000 bbls using puts with an average price, net of premiums, of $46/bbl. In addition, 
we have hedged 15,000 bbls for Q1 2023 using swaps at $95/bbl.

Management has considered the impact of supply chain constraints on the Group’s operations. We have seen some impact on production during 
2021 due to supply chain constraints and the need for members of our staff to self-isolate and have developed a number of contingency plans 
to mitigate this. Many of our sites are remotely manned and we are well equipped as a business to ensure we maintain business continuity 
recognising that our production comes from a large number of wells in a variety of locations and we have flexibility in our off-take arrangements. 

Crude oil prices rose during 2021 and into 2022 as increasing COVID-19 vaccination rates, loosening pandemic-related restrictions, and a growing 
economy resulted in global petroleum demand rising faster than petroleum supply. The Ukraine war and sanctions imposed on Russia have 
caused disruption to international trade and dislocations in energy markets, tightening oil and gas markets significantly and causing prices  
to rise further while increasing price volatility.

The Group’s base case cash flow forecast was run with average oil prices of $96/bbl for 2022 falling to an average of $85/bbl in 2023 based 
on the forward curve. A foreign exchange rate of $1.35/£1 was used. Our forecasts show that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom 
to meet its financial covenants based on the existing RBL facility for the 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 
Management has also prepared a downside case with average oil prices at $90/bbl for H1 2022, $76/bbl for H2 2022 and $68/bbl for 2023 
and an average exchange rate of $1.37/£1.00 for 2022 and $1.42/£1.00 for 2023. Our downside case also included an average reduction in 
production of 5% over the period. Management expects to execute further hedging during the course of the year, which will provide further 
protection in the downside case. Management would also take mitigating actions including delaying capital expenditure and additional 
reductions in costs in order to remain within the Group’s debt liquidity covenants should such actions be necessary if prices were to decrease 
further. All such mitigating actions are within management’s control. We have not assumed any extensions or refinancing to the RBL. In this 
downside scenario, our forecast shows that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to meet its financial covenants for the 12 months 
from the date of approval of the financial statements. 

Based on the analysis above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in existence for 
the foreseeable future and have concluded it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements. 

(c) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements present the results of IGas Energy plc and its subsidiaries as if they formed a single entity. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation of consolidated financial statements are based on consistent accounting policies to the 
parent. All intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated in 
full. Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, it is treated as an extension of the entity.

At 31 December 2021, the Group comprised the Company and entities controlled by IGas Energy plc (its subsidiaries). No new subsidiaries were 
acquired during the year but a number of subsidiaries were dissolved/struck off or liquidated, as disclosed in note 2 of the Parent Company 
financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements58

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(d) Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair 
values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under  
IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured  
at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement. 
Acquisition costs are expensed in the income statement.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business combination includes a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent 
consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. 
Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments depend on how the contingent 
consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured at subsequent reporting dates and its 
subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Other contingent consideration is re-measured to fair value at subsequent reporting  
dates with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

(e) Joint arrangements
Certain of the Group’s licence interests are held jointly with others under arrangements whereby unincorporated and jointly controlled ventures 
are used to explore, evaluate and ultimately develop and produce from its oil and gas interests. Accordingly, the Group accounts for its share of 
assets, liabilities, income and expenditure of these joint operations, classified in the appropriate balance sheet and income statement headings, 
except where its share of such amounts remains the responsibility of another party in accordance with the terms of carried interests as described 
at (i) below. 

Where the Group enters into a farm-in agreement involving a licence in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group records all costs that  
it incurs under the terms of the joint operating agreement as amended by the farm-in agreement as they are incurred. 

Where the Group enters into a farm-out agreement involving a licence in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group does not record any 
expenditure made by the farmee on its account. It also does not immediately recognise any gain or loss on its exploration and evaluation farm-
out arrangements, but redesignates any costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest as relating to the partial interest retained. 
Any cash consideration received directly from the farmee is credited against costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest with 
any excess accounted for by the farmor as a gain on disposal.

When the Group, acting as an operator or manager of a joint arrangement, receives reimbursement of direct costs recharged to the joint 
arrangement, such recharges represent reimbursements of costs that the operator incurred as an agent for the joint arrangement and therefore 
have no effect on profit or loss.

(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make judgements and 
estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting financial year. Estimates and assumptions are 
continuously evaluated and are based on management’s experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual outcomes can differ from these estimates. 

In particular, the Group has identified the following areas where significant judgements and estimates are required, and where if actual results 
were to differ, this could materially affect the financial position or financial results reported in a future financial year. Further information on each 
of these and how they impact the various accounting policies are described in the relevant notes to the financial statements. 

Estimates:
Recoverable value of intangible assets 
The Group has capitalised intangible exploration and evaluation assets in accordance with IFRS 6. Significant judgement is required in considering 
whether it is appropriate to continue to carry these costs on the balance sheet and whether the assets have been impaired. The key areas in which 
management has applied judgement and estimation include the Group’s intention to proceed with a future work programme for a prospect or 
licence, the likelihood of licence renewal or plans for relinquishment, the assessment of results from wells or geological or geophysical studies, 
the likely impact of political factors including planning permissions and the assessment of whether the carrying amount of the exploration and 
evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or by sale. Details of the Group’s intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets are disclosed in note 9 to the financial statements.

The Group assesses intangible development costs at each reporting financial year end to determine whether there is any impairment. The 
assessment requires the use of estimates and assumptions such as long-term prices, discount rates, heat generation capacity and capital 
expenditure. These estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty. Therefore, there is a possibility that changes in circumstances 
will impact these projections, which may impact the recoverable value of intangible development costs. Details of the Group’s capitalised 
development costs are disclosed in note 9 to the financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202159

1 Accounting policies continued
(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates continued
Estimates continued:
Recoverable value of property, plant and equipment
Management reviews the Group’s property, plant and equipment at least annually for impairment indicators. The determination of recoverable 
amounts in any resulting impairment test requires judgement around key assumptions. Key assumptions in the impairment models include those 
related to GBP to US dollar foreign exchange rates, impact of climate change on cash flows and prices that are based on forward curves and long-
term corporate assumptions thereafter, discount rates that are risked to reflect conditions specific to individual assets, future costs, both capital 
and operating that are based on management’s estimates having regard to past experience and the known characteristics of the individual 
assets, reserves (discussed below) and future production. Details of the Group’s property, plant, and equipment are disclosed in note 10 to the 
financial statements.

Proved and probable reserves and contingent resources
The volume of proved and probable oil and gas reserves is an estimate that affects the unit of production depletion of producing oil and gas 
assets as well as being a significant estimate affecting decommissioning provisions, impairment calculations and the valuation of oil and 
gas assets in business combinations. Contingent resources affect the valuation of exploration and evaluation assets acquired in business 
combinations and the estimation of the recoverable value of those assets in impairment tests. Proved and probable reserves and contingent 
resources are estimated using standard recognised evaluation techniques. Estimates are reviewed at least annually and are regularly estimated 
by independent consultants. Future development costs are estimated taking into account the level of development required to produce the 
reserves by reference to operators, where applicable, and internal engineers.

Deferred tax asset recognition
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. Estimates of future taxable profits 
are based on cash flows expected to be generated from internal estimates of projected production and costs. Details of the Group’s deferred tax 
assets, including those not recognised due to uncertainty regarding the future utilisation, are disclosed in note 7 to the financial statements.

Decommissioning costs
The estimated cost of decommissioning at the end of the producing lives of fields is reviewed periodically and is based on forecast price levels 
and technology at the balance sheet date. Provision is made for the estimated cost at the balance sheet date, using a discounted cash flow 
methodology and a risk free rate of return. Details of the Group’s decommissioning provisions are disclosed in note 19 to the financial statements.

Interest rate implicit in the lease
Since the interest rate implicit in the lease cannot be readily determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used. The Incremental 
Borrowing Rate (the IBR) applicable for all of the leases for the Group is between 7.5% and 8.5%. While there is no definitive guidance in  
IFRS 16 on how to determine an IBR we are typically observing rates built up from three components as follows:

a)   Risk free rate – a treasury bond rate or an interest swap rate in the local currency for the country of the lease, which reflects the duration  

of the lease;

b)  Credit spread specific to the lessee;
c)   Asset/lease specific adjustments to reflect the nature of the collateral

The determination of whether there is an interest rate implicit in the lease, the calculation of the Group’s IBR, and whether any adjustments to 
this rate are required, involves some judgement and is subject to change over time. At the commencement date of leases management consider 
whether the lease term will be the full term of the lease or whether any option to break or extend the lease is likely to be exercised. Leases are 
regularly reviewed and will be revalued if the term is likely to change.

Judgements:
Functional currency 
The determination of functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in which a Company 
operates may not be clear. The parent entity reconsiders the functional currency of its entities if there is a change in the underlying transactions, 
events and conditions, which determines the primary economic environment. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements60

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

1 Accounting policies continued 
(g) Revenue
Revenue comprises the invoiced value of goods and services supplied by the Group, net of value added tax and trade discounts. Revenue is 
recognised at a point in time when the control of the goods has passed onto the customers and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could affect 
the customer’s acceptance of the goods. In the case of oil, gas and electricity sales, these are recognised when goods are delivered and title has 
passed to the customer. This generally occurs when the product is physically delivered to the customer’s premises or transferred into a vessel, 
pipe or other delivery mechanism. 

Revenue from the production of oil from fields in which the Group has an interest with other producers is recognised based on the Group’s 
working interest and the terms of the relevant production sharing contracts. Where oil produced by third parties is processed and delivered  
to a refinery by the Group, the measurement of the revenue depends upon whether physical title to the oil passes to the Group or whether the 
Group simply acts an agent for the producer.

Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress toward completion are revised if circumstances change. Any resulting increases or decreases  
in estimated revenues or costs are reflected in the income statement in the financial year in which the circumstances that give rise to the revision 
become known by management. In the case of fixed-price contracts, the customer pays the fixed amount based on a payment schedule. If the 
invoiced value of goods or services rendered exceeds the payment, a contract asset will be recognised. If the payments exceed the invoiced 
value of goods or services rendered, a contract liability will be recognised. 

(h) Non-current assets 
Development costs
Acquired development costs are initially recorded at fair value on acquisition date. After initial recognition, capitalised development costs are 
recorded at cost less accumulated impairment losses, as applicable, and represent costs incurred for the design and development of deep 
geothermal heat projects. 

Costs on development activities are capitalised if the project is technically and commercially feasible, the entity intends and has the technical 
ability and sufficient resources to complete development, future benefits are probable and if the entity can measure reliably the expenditure 
attributable to the intangible assets during its development. Expenditure capitalised includes direct labour, costs directly relating to the project 
such as geological studies and planning permits and appropriate proportion of overheads and capitalised borrowing costs. When it is no longer 
probable that a project will be carried out, the project’s development costs incurred to that date are expensed. Other expenditure is recognised 
in the profit and loss account as incurred. 

Development costs are tested for impairment at least annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of each cash generating unit (the CGU) or group of CGUs to which the 
development costs relate. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use. Where the recoverable  
amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying  
amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits, financial assets  
and investment property that are carried at fair value and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from  
this requirement.

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell.  
A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), but not in excess of any 
cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non-current asset  
(or disposal group) is recognised at the date of derecognition.

Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. 
Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.

Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from the  
other assets in the balance sheet. The liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities  
in the balance sheet.

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate 
major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of 
operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the 
statement of profit or loss.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202161

1 Accounting policies continued
(h) Non-current assets continued
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets
The Group accounts for exploration and evaluation costs in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation  
of Mineral Resources as follows:

•  Any costs incurred prior to obtaining the legal rights to explore an area are expensed immediately to the income statement;
•  Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets comprise those related to the acquisition of rights to explore, topographical, 
geological, geochemical and geophysical studies, exploratory drilling (including coring and sampling), activities in relation to evaluating 
the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons (including appraisal drilling and production tests) and any 
land rights acquired for the sole purpose of effecting these activities. These costs include employee costs, directly attributable overheads, 
materials and consumables, equipment costs and payments made to contractors;

•  Tangible assets acquired for use in exploration and evaluation activities are classified as property, plant and equipment. However, to the 
extent that such tangible assets are consumed in developing an intangible exploration and evaluation asset, the amount reflecting that 
consumption is recorded as part of the exploration and evaluation asset;

•  Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are initially accumulated and capitalised by reference to appropriate 

geographic areas. Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are transferred to property, plant and equipment and 
classified as oil and gas assets when technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons is demonstrable; and 
•  Exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment (on the basis described below), and any impairment loss recognised,  

before reclassification.

Impairment testing of exploration and evaluation assets
Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are tested for impairment whenever facts and circumstances suggest that they 
may be impaired, which includes when a licence is approaching the end of its term and is not expected to be renewed, when there are no 
substantive plans for continued exploration or evaluation of an area, when the Group decides to abandon an area, or where development  
is likely to proceed in an area but there are indications that the exploration and evaluation asset costs are unlikely to be recovered in full  
either by development or through sale.

Property, plant and equipment – oil and gas assets
•  Oil and gas assets and other property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 

losses;

•  The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into operation 
and, for qualifying assets where relevant, borrowing costs. The purchase price or construction cost is the aggregate amount paid and 
the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset. The cost of oil and gas assets also includes an amount equal to the 
decommissioning cost estimate;

•  Oil and gas assets are depleted either on a unit of production basis, commencing at the start of commercial production, or depreciated on a 

straight-line basis over the relevant asset’s estimated useful life. Where expenditure is depreciated on a unit of production basis, the depletion 
charge is calculated according to the proportion that production bears to the recoverable reserves for each property; and

•  Net proceeds from any disposal of development/producing assets are compared to the previously capitalised costs for the relevant asset or 

group of assets. A gain or loss on disposal of a development/producing asset is recognised in the income statement to the extent that the net 
proceeds exceed or are less than the appropriate portion of the net capitalised costs of the asset or group of assets. 

The Group’s interests in oil and gas assets are assessed for indications of impairment including events or changes in circumstances which 
indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Any impairment in value is charged to the income statement.

Impairment tests are carried out on the following basis:

•  By comparing the sum of any amounts carried in the books as compared to the recoverable amount;
•  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Group generally assesses the fair 
value less costs to sell using the estimated future cash flows which are discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount rate  
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU; and

•  Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier financial year that charge will be reversed in a later financial year where there 
has been a change in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing 
impairment losses, the carrying amount of the asset will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that 
would have been determined (net of depletion) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior financial years.

Decommissioning
Where a liability for the removal of production facilities or site restoration exists, a provision for decommissioning is recognised. The amount 
recognised is discounted to its present value and is reflected in the Group’s non-current liabilities. A corresponding asset is included in the 
appropriate category of the Group’s non-current assets (intangible exploration and evaluation assets and property, plant and equipment), 
depending on the accounting treatment adopted for the underlying operations/asset leading to the decommissioning provision. The asset  
is assessed for impairment and depleted in accordance with the Group’s policies as set out above.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements62

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(h) Non-current assets continued
Carried interests
Where the Group has entered into carried interest agreements in exploration and evaluation projects and the Group’s interest is being carried 
by a third party, no amounts are recorded in the financial statements where expenditure incurred under such agreements is not refundable. 
Where expenditure is refundable, out of what would but for the carry agreements have been the Group’s share of production, the Group records 
amounts as non-current assets, with a corresponding offset in current liabilities or non-current liabilities, as appropriate, but only once it is 
apparent that it is more likely than not that future production will be adequate to result in a refund under the terms of any carry agreement;  
the Group records refunds only to the extent that they are expected to be repayable.

Other property, plant and equipment
Other property, plant and equipment is stated at cost to the Group less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on such assets, with 
the exception of freehold land, at rates calculated to write off the cost of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their estimated 
useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being accounted for as additional depreciation:

Equipment used for exploration and evaluation 
Freehold land 
Buildings/leasehold property improvements 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– between six and twelve years on a straight-line basis
– indefinite useful life
– over five to ten years on a straight line basis/over the period of the lease 
– between three and twenty years on a straight-line basis
– over four years on a straight-line basis 

The Group does not capitalise amounts considered to be immaterial. 

(i) Financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short-term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Other financial assets – Restricted cash
Restricted cash relates to bond guarantees issued to governments bodies in relation to decommissioning liabilities. Funds are only classified as 
cash and cash equivalents when monies are transferred to and under the control of the Group.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Group’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the Impairment of financial assets accounting 
policy below.

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration payable.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and variability in the 
price realised on a proportion of its crude oil production. All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a 
derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each financial year end. Apart from those derivatives 
designated as qualifying cash flow hedging instruments, all changes in fair value are recorded as financial income or expense in the year in which 
they arise, otherwise they are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Fair value is the amount for which a financial asset, liability or instrument could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an 
arm’s length transaction. It is determined by reference to quoted market prices, adjusted for estimated transaction costs that would be incurred 
in an actual transaction, or by the use of established estimation techniques such as option pricing models and estimated discounted values of 
cash flows. The fair value of derivative financial instruments has been calculated on a discounted cash flow basis by reference to forward market 
prices and risk free returns adjusted in the case of derivative financial liabilities by an appropriate credit spread.

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting financial year, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets was 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and an impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202163

1 Accounting policies continued
(i) Financial instruments continued
Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent financial year, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the 
impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss  
is recognised in the income statement.

Expected credit loss
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost.  
The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables, the  
Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition  
of receivables.

(j) Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management estimates of the amounts or timings of cash flows are revised, 
borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest rate with any consequent adjustment 
being recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted  
from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the financial years  
in which they are incurred.

Derecognition
The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is recognised in the 
income statement.

(k) Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a 
corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with 
a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value assets. For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating 
expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Lease liabilities
The Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments 
include fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable and variable lease payments that depend on an index. The Group is exposed to 
potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. 
When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use 
asset. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability.

Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease. Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for any re-measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount 
of lease liabilities recognised, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received. 
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the lease term on a straight-line basis. Right-of-use assets are 
subject to and reviewed regularly for impairment. Depreciation on right-of-use assets is included in depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
within cost of sales or in administrative expense in the consolidated income statement based on the nature of the asset.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements64

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(k) Leases continued
Extension, renewal and termination options
Extension, renewal and termination options are included in a number of land, property, motor vehicles and other equipment leases across the 
Group. In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an option 
to extend or renew, or not exercise a termination option. Extension and renewal options (or periods after termination options) are only included 
in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. 
The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this 
assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. 

Amounts recognised in cash flow statement
Lease payments represent repayment of principal and interest and are classified within financing cash flows in the cash flow statement.

(l) Inventories
Inventories, consisting of crude oil, and drilling and maintenance materials, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs 
comprise costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. 
Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily inter-changeable items.

(m) Taxation
The tax charge/credit includes current and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable profit/(loss) 
differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the income statement as it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in different financial years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except when 
the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise from differences 
at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred 
tax liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be 
recovered and the carrying amount is reviewed at each reporting date. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting 
date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the financial year when the asset is realised or the 
liability is settled, based on the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating 
to items recognised outside the income statement are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction, either in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity.

(n) Share-based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees including Directors, the fair value of the options at the date of the grant is recorded in equity 
(share plan reserves) over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into 
account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount 
recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market vesting 
conditions, are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount recorded is 
computed irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted for the failure 
to achieve a market vesting condition.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by the change 
from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

When an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised on the 
award is recognised immediately.

Where an equity settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date continues to be recognised over its original vesting period. 

Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and  
services received. 

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted for as a cost in the income statement unless the services rendered 
qualify for capitalisation as a non-current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non-current assets in the event of services being rendered in 
connection with an acquisition of intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant and equipment.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202165

1 Accounting policies continued
(n) Share-based payments continued
Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will be 
recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value will be 
shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity (treasury shares reserve). 

Amounts recognised in the share plan reserves and treasury share reserve are not subsequently reclassified within equity.

(o) Post-retirement benefits
A subsidiary within the Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the 
Group in an independently administered fund. The amount charged to the income statement represents the contributions paid/payable to the 
scheme in respect of the accounting financial year.

(p) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between called 
up share capital and share premium accounts as appropriate.

(q) Foreign currency 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the functional currency of the Group. Transactions denominated in 
currencies other than functional currency UK pound sterling are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All differences 
that arise are recorded in the income statement.

For the purposes of consolidation, the income statement items of those entities for which the UK pound sterling is not the functional currency 
are translated into UK pound sterling at the average rates of exchange during the financial year. The related balance sheets are translated at the 
rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on translation of the opening net assets and results of such operations,  
are reported in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity.

The exchange differences arising on intercompany balances that form part of an entity’s net investment in a foreign operation are recognised  
in other comprehensive income and accumulated in foreign currency translation reserve until the disposal of the foreign operation.

On disposal of entities with a different functional currency to the Company’s functional currency, the deferred cumulative exchange differences 
recognised in equity relating to that particular operation would be recognised in the income statement.

(r) Discontinued operations
The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale 
rather than through continuing use. Such non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to dispose are the incremental costs directly attributable to the sale, excluding the finance 
costs and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for 
immediate distribution in its present condition. Actions required to complete the sale should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes 
to the sale will be made or that the sale will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the sale being expected within one year from the 
date of the classification. 

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale. Assets and liabilities 
classified as held for sale are presented separately as current items in the statement of financial position. 

A disposal group qualifies as a discontinued operation if it is a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held  
for sale, and:

•  Represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;
•  Is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or
•  Is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount as profit or loss after 
taxation from discontinued operations in the income statement. All other notes to the financial statements include amounts for continuing 
operations, unless otherwise mentioned.

(s) Government grants
Government grants are recognised in the income statement on a systematic basis over the financial years in which the Group recognises as 
expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate and are presented net against the related costs. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements66

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

2 Revenue 
The Group derives revenue solely within the United Kingdom from the transfer of goods and services to external customers, which is recognised 
at a point in time when the performance obligation has been satisfied by the transfer of goods. The Group’s major product lines are:

Oil sales  
Electricity sales 
Gas sales 

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

33,254 
2,048 
2,614 

37,916 

20,546
438
594

21,578

Revenues of approximately £17.4 million and £15.9 million were derived from the Group’s two largest customers (2020: £11.9 million and  
£8.7 million) and are attributed to the oil sales. 

As at 31 December 2021, there are no contract assets or contract liabilities outstanding (2020: nil).

3 Operating loss

Operating loss is stated after charging: 
Staff costs (note 5) 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation* 
Remuneration payable to the Group’s external auditors and network firms:
Fees payable to the Group’s external auditors and their associates for the audit of the consolidated financial statements:

Audit of the consolidated financial statements 
Audit of overseas subsidiaries 

Fees payable to the Group’s external auditors and their associates for other services:  
  Audit-related assurance services 

Other non-audit services 

*  Reconciliation of depletion, depreciation and amortisation is as follows:

Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

(10,876) 
(4,903) 

(11,555)
(6,303)

(254) 
– 

(45) 
(57) 

(240)
(32)

(45)
(26)

Cost of sales 
Administrative expenses 

Total depletion, depreciation and amortisation 

4 Derivative financial instruments
(Loss)/gain on oil price derivatives

Realised (loss)/gain on oil price derivatives 
Unrealised loss on oil price derivatives 

Gain on foreign exchange contracts

Unrealised gain on foreign exchange contracts 

Property,  
plant and  
equipment  
(note 10) 
£000 

(3,832) 
(21) 

(3,853) 

Right-of- 
use assets 
(note 12) 
£000 

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£000 

(962) 
(88) 

(1,050) 

(4,794) 
(109) 

(4,903) 

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
(note 10) 
£000 

(4,990) 
(36) 

(5,026) 

Right-of- 
use assets 
(note 12) 
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

(984) 
(293) 

(1,277) 

(5,974)
(329)

(6,303)

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

(6,577) 
(138) 

(6,715) 

4,568
(1,048)

3,520

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

– 

229

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 Employee information

Staff costs comprised: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs 
Termination benefits 
Employee share-based payment cost  

Average monthly number of employees including Directors in the year:   
Operations, including services 
Administrative 

67

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

8,226 
967 
523 
– 
1,160 

7,986
1,085
652
506
1,326

10,876 

11,555

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
No. 

Year ended
31 December
2020
No.

109 
31 

140 

108
35

143

Details of Directors’ remuneration, Directors’ transactions and Directors’ interests are set out in the audited section of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, which forms part of these financial statements.

A proportion of the Group’s staff costs shown above is capitalised as additions to intangible assets and property, plant and equipment in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. In addition, a proportion is recharged to joint venture partners as part of our time writing rate.

The Group received grants of £0.01 million (2020: £0.3 million) from the UK government as part of the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme 
(furlough scheme). The income is recognised in the income statement against the related wages and salaries cost. There are no unfulfilled 
conditions or other contingencies attaching to this grant.

6 Finance income/(costs)

Finance income: 
Interest on short-term deposits 
Foreign exchange gains 

Finance income  

Finance expense: 
Interest on borrowings  
Amortisation of finance fees on borrowings 
Foreign exchange losses 
Unwinding of discount on decommissioning provision (note 19) 
Unwinding of discount on contingent consideration (note 19) 
Finance charge on lease liability for assets in use (note 12) 

Finance expense  

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

2 
– 

2 

(812) 
(267) 
(151) 
(1,659) 
(277) 
(684) 

(3,850) 

11
1,461

1,472

(940)
(387)
–
(1,466)
(60)
(795)

(3,648)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

7 Income tax credit
(i) Tax credit on loss from continuing ordinary activities

Current tax: 
Charge on loss for the year 

Total current tax charge 

Deferred tax: 
(Credit)/charge relating to the origination or reversal of temporary differences  
Credit due to tax rate changes  
Debit/(credit) in relation to prior years 

Total deferred tax credit 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

– 

– 

(6,360) 
(393) 
523 

(6,230) 

(6,230) 

–

–

1,409
(99)
(3,295)

(1,985)

(1,985)

(ii) Factors affecting the tax charge
The majority of the Group’s profits are generated by ‘ring-fence’ businesses which attract UK corporation tax and supplementary charges  
at a combined average rate of 40% (2020: 40%). 

A reconciliation of the UK statutory corporation tax rate (applicable to oil and gas companies) applied to the Group’s loss before tax to the 
Group’s total tax credit is as follows:

Loss from continuing ordinary activities before tax 
Expected tax credit based on loss from continuing ordinary activities multiplied by an average  
  combined rate of corporation tax and supplementary charge in the UK of 40% (2020: 40%) 
Deferred tax debit/(credit) in respect of the prior year 
Tax effect of expenses not allowable for tax purposes 
Tax effect of differences in amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes*  
Impact of profits or losses taxed or relieved at different rates 
Net increase/(decrease) in unrecognised losses carried forward 
Net increase in unrecognised temporary taxable differences 
Tax rate change  
Other 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

(12,266) 

(44,074)

(4,906) 
523 
2,085 

24 6
(2) 
(6,911) 
3,422 
(393) 
(72) 

(6,230) 

(17,630)
(3,295)
(740)

461
7,781
11,533
(99)
(2)

(1,985)

*  Amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes relate to net financing costs disallowed for supplementary charge offset by investment allowance, 

which is deductible against profits subject to supplementary charge. 

(iii) Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax asset in the year is shown below:

Asset at 1 January 
Tax (charge)/credit relating to prior year 
Tax credit/(charge) during the year 
Tax charge arising due to the changes in tax rates 
Other 

Asset at 31 December 

2021  
£000 

31,945 
(523) 
6,360 
393 
1 

38,176 

2020
£000

29,961
3,295
(1,409)
99
(1)

31,945

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
69

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

(9,041) 
34,809 
1,837 
8,263 
2,083 
162 
63 

38,176 

(7,791)
26,633
1,542
7,390
2,126
2,090
(45)

31,945

7 Income tax credit continued
(iii) Deferred tax continued
The following is an analysis of the deferred tax asset by category of temporary difference:

Accelerated capital allowances 
Tax losses carried forward 
Investment allowance unutilised 
Decommissioning provision 
Unrealised gains or losses on derivative contracts 
Share-based payments 
Right-of-use asset and liability 

Deferred tax asset 

(iv) Tax losses 
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences where the Directors believe it is probable that 
these assets will be recovered based on a five-year profit forecast. Such tax losses include £168.6 million (2020: £130.0 million) of ring-fence 
corporation tax losses.

The Group has further tax losses and other similar attributes carried forward of approximately £189.7 million (2020: £215.4 million) for which  
no deferred tax asset is recognised due to insufficient certainty regarding the availability of appropriate future taxable profits. The unrecognised 
losses may affect future tax charges should certain subsidiaries in the Group generate taxable trading profits in future financial years.

8 Earnings per share (EPS)
Continuing
Basic EPS amounts are based on the loss for the year after taxation from continuing operations attributable to ordinary equity holders of the 
parent of £6.0 million (2020: a loss after taxation from continuing operations attributable to shareholders’ equity of £42.1 million) and the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year of 125.3 million (2020: 122.5 million).

Diluted EPS amounts are based on the loss for the year after taxation from continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of 
the parent and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that 
would be issued on the conversion of all the potentially dilutive ordinary shares into ordinary shares, except where these are anti-dilutive. 

As at 31 December 2021, there were 11.7 million potentially dilutive employee share options (31 December 2020: 10.9 million potentially dilutive 
share options) which were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their conversion to ordinary shares would have 
decreased the loss per share. 

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations:

Basic loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each  
Diluted loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each 
Loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent from continuing operations – £000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – basic EPS 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – diluted EPS 

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  

Year ended
31 December
2020

(4.82p) 
(4.82p) 
(6,036) 

(34.35p)
(34.35p)
(42,089)
  125,269,135  122,537,605
  125,269,135  122,537,605

Discontinued
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share including discontinued operations:

Basic loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each  
Diluted loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each 
Loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent – £000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – basic EPS 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – diluted EPS 

Year ended  
31 December 
2021  

Year ended
31 December
2020

(4.98p) 
(4.98p) 
(6,239) 

(43.37p)
(43.37p)
(53,149)
  125,269,135  122,537,605
  125,269,135  122,537,605

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

9 Intangible assets

At 1 January 
Acquisitions (note 21) 
Additions 
Changes in decommissioning* 
Impairment  

At 31 December 

Exploration  

and evaluation   Development 
costs 
£000 

assets 
£000 

2021  

Exploration

  and evaluation  Development
costs 
£000 

assets 
£000 

Total 
£000 

43,421 
– 
888 
998 
(10,463) 

34,844 

3,290 
– 
188 
– 
– 

3,478 

46,711 
– 
1,076 
998 
(10,463) 

38,322 

41,455 
– 
2,090 
(57) 
(67) 

43,421 

– 
3,223 
67 
– 
– 

3,290 

2020

Total
£000

41,455
3,223
2,157
(57)
(67)

46,711

*  The decommissioning asset increased in line with the decommissioning liability following a review of the estimate at 31 December 2021 (note 19).

Exploration and evaluation assets
Exploration costs impaired in the financial year to 31 December 2021 were £10.5 million (2020: £0.1 million) of which £10.0 million related to 
the PEDL 200 (Tinker Lane) licence and £0.5 million impairment of capitalised decommissioning assets relating to previously written off licences. 
PEDL 200, the licence in which the basin edge defining well Tinker Lane was drilled, and EXL 288 have been relinquished during the financial 
year. This allows the Group to focus on its core Gainsborough Trough shale acreage, defined as those licences in which a significant thickness  
of the Gainsborough shale is, or is predicted to be, present.

Further analysis by location of assets is as follows: 
North West: The Group has £6.4 million (2020: £6.1 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure relating to Ellesmere Port where IGas has 
lodged an appeal against the decision made by Cheshire West and Chester Council’s Planning and Licensing Committee to refuse planning 
consent for routine tests on a rock formation encountered in the Ellesmere Port-1 well. The appeal has been recovered by the Secretary of State 
and we are awaiting the outcome. As the outcome is still undetermined, it is appropriate to keep the carrying value of the asset capitalised.

East Midlands: The Group has £23.2 million (2020: £32.8 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure relating to our core area in the 
Gainsborough Trough which includes PEDLs 12, 139, 140, 169 and 210. The Gainsborough Trough is an area with significant shale potential. 
Following the moratorium on fracking, we continue to work with the NSTA, BEIS and No 10 Policy Unit to demonstrate that we can develop shale 
in this area in a safe manner. Our discussions have focused on the new science that would be brought forward on a sector wide and site-specific 
basis that would allow the moratorium to be lifted. We are doing this in conjunction with our joint venture partners and industry representatives 
and the work is ongoing. During the discussions, industry representatives reiterated their belief that lifting the moratorium would give the UK 
greater energy security by reducing the likelihood of supply concerns and reducing the carbon footprint of UK energy and, given increasing energy 
prices and the longer-term demand for gas, that the Government should consider shale a nationally strategic resource for development. As the 
industry discussions regarding the moratorium are still ongoing, the Directors believe that it is appropriate to continue to capitalise this asset.

Conventional assets: The Group has £5.2 million (2020: £4.5 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure which relates to our conventional 
assets including PEDL 235 and PL 240.

At 31 December 2021, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $216.4 million (£159.7 million) (2020: $218.0 million  
(£160.0 million)) from its partner, INEOS Upstream Limited. In 2021, £0.3 million (2020: £0.4 million) gross costs were carried, principally  
in relation to activities at Springs Road, which have not been included in the additions to intangible exploration and evaluation assets during  
the year.

Development costs
The development costs relate to assets acquired as part of the GT Energy acquisition in 2020 as explained in note 21. The costs relate  
to the design and development of deep geothermal heat projects in the United Kingdom, with the principal project being at Etruria Valley,  
Stoke-on-Trent. 

The Group reviewed the carrying value of development costs as at 31 December 2021 and assessed it for impairment. The development of the 
Stoke-on-Trent project has taken longer than anticipated principally due to COVID-19 related delays. During 2021, we received planning approval 
for the Stoke-on-Trent project from both Stoke-on-Trent City Council and Newcastle-under-Lyme. In September, we signed a Memorandum of 
Understanding (MoU) with SSE Heat Networks Limited (SSE) for the roll-out of the Stoke geothermal district heating project. The MoU grants 
exclusivity to each of SSE and GTE with regard to the project for a period of 12 months with certain milestones including executing a heat off-take 
agreement in relation to the geothermal plant. SSE in turn have agreed a MoU with Stoke-on-Trent City Council to work together to deliver a heat 
network across the city. We are also in dialogue with the Government regarding grant funding to support the project.

Although the development of the project has been delayed, this does not materially impact the overall economics and, therefore, no impairment 
of development costs has been recognised for the year (2020: £nil). The principal assumptions are the unit price and discount rate. A 10% 
reduction in price would result in a decline of the recoverable amount by £3.8 million. An increase in the discount rate assumed of 1%  
(from 8.3% to 9.3%) would result in a decline of the recoverable amount by £5.1 million. There would be no impairment in either case.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71

2020

Total
£000

201,535
5,213
(827)
6,255

212,176

97,003
5,026
(827)
38,535

139,737

Other 
property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£000 

2021  

Total 
£000 

Oil and gas 
assets 
£000 

Other
property,
plant and
equipment 
£000 

2,951 
– 
(521) 
– 

212,176 
3,700 
(521) 
2,297 

197,875 
5,212 
(117) 
6,255 

2,430 

217,652 

209,225 

1,504 
52 
(521) 
– 

1,035 

139,737 
3,853 
(521) 
– 

94,940 
4,875 
(117) 
38,535 

143,069 

138,233 

3,660 
1 
(710) 
– 

2,951 

2,063 
151 
(710) 
– 

1,504 

Oil and gas 
assets 
£000 

209,225 
3,700 
– 
2,297 

215,222 

138,233 
3,801 
– 
– 

142,034 

73,188 

1,395 

74,583 

70,992 

1,447 

72,439

10 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals/write-offs 
Changes in decommissioning* 

At 31 December 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 
Charge for the year 
Disposals/write-offs 
Impairment 

At 31 December 

NBV at 31 December 

*  The decommissioning asset increased in line with the decommissioning liability following a review of the estimate at 31 December 2021 (note 19).

Expenditure during the year related to the Welton and Scampton North waterflood projects and continued investment in our assets to drive 
operational improvements.

Impairment of oil and gas assets
Year ended 31 December 2021
The Group reviewed the carrying value of oil and gas assets as at 31 December 2021 and assessed it for impairment indicators. The impact of 
the downward revision of the reserves estimate is offset by an improving economic outlook and a significantly improved oil price environment. 
On this basis, management concluded that there were no impairment indicators as at 31 December 2021. However, as at 31 December 2021, 
continued uncertainty exists regarding the future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic including the emergence of new variants which may have 
a negative impact on economic activity and therefore on the demand for oil. As a result, management concluded that there were no impairment 
reversal indicators as at 31 December 2021 and that a reversal of prior years’ impairments was not appropriate. 

Year ended 31 December 2020
The COVID-19 pandemic developed rapidly in 2020, with a significant number of cases worldwide. Measures taken by various governments 
to contain the virus affected global economic activity and resulted in a significant reduction in demand for oil and, therefore, in oil prices. 
The decline in oil prices in the first half of 2020 and the uncertainty surrounding the pandemic triggered an impairment review of oil and gas 
assets as at 30 June 2020. Although the oil price improved towards the end of the year, management identified impairment triggers due to the 
significant uncertainty as to how COVID-19 and its aftermath would impact economies, oil demand and oil price over the near and mid-term. 
Therefore, management carried out a further review of oil and gas assets for impairment as at 31 December 2020, which resulted in an additional 
impairment of £3.9 million. 

Cash generating units (CGUs) for impairment purposes are the group of sites whereby technical, economic and/or contractual features create 
underlying interdependence in cash flows. The Group identified the three main producing CGUs as: North, South and Scotland. The impairment 
assessment for the North, South and Scotland was prepared on a fair value less costs of disposal basis using discounted future cash flows based 
on 2P reserve profiles. The future cash flows were estimated using the following key assumptions:

Oil price (Brent) 
USD/GBP foreign exchange rate 
Post-tax discount rate 

$50-$55/bbl for the years 2021-2022 and $60/bbl thereafter
$1.37:£1.00 for 2021 and $1.35:£1 thereafter
8.3%

31 December 2020

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

10 Property, plant and equipment continued
Impairment of oil and gas properties continued
Outcome of impairment reviews
The reduction in oil price in 2020 resulted in an impairment charge of £21.9 million in the North CGU, £11.9 million in the South CGU and  
£0.9 million in the Scotland CGU giving a total impairment charge of £34.6 million for the period to 30 June 2020. At 31 December 2020, 
although oil prices had improved, an additional £3.9 million impairment charge was recognised on the North CGU at 31 December 2020. This was 
primarily due to an increase in the decommissioning provision (note 19) and the weakening of the US dollar compared to British pound sterling 
in the second half of 2020, offset by an increase in 2P reserves based on the latest Competent Persons Report (CPR). This resulted in a total 
impairment of £38.5 million in the year.

11 Interest in joint arrangements
As at 31 December 2021, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $216.4 million (£159.7 million) (2020: $218.0  
million (£160.0 million)) from its farm-in partner – INEOS Upstream Limited (INEOS) (see note 9). The Group’s material joint operations as  
at 31 December 2021 are set out below:

Licences 

East Midlands 
PEDL 169 
PEDL 210 
PEDL 012 
PEDL 278 
PEDL 273 
PEDL 305 
PEDL 316 
PEDL 139 
PEDL 140 

North West 
PEDL 145 
PEDL 147 
PEDL 184 
PEDL 189 
PEDL 190 
PEDL 193 
PEDL 293 
PEDL 295 
EXL 273 

Weald 
PL 211 
PEDL 070 

Partner 

IGas’s interest 

Operator

Egdon 
INEOS 
INEOS 
Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon, eCorp 
INEOS, Egdon, eCorp 

INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS  

 UKOG 
UKOG, Egdon, Aurora, Corfe 

80% 
75% 
55% 
50% 
55% 
55% 
55% 
32% 
32% 

40% 
25% 
50% 
25% 
50% 
40% 
30% 
30% 
15% 

90% 
54% 

IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas

INEOS
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS

IGas
IGas

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 
(a) Amounts recognised in the balance sheet
The Group has identified lease portfolios for property, land, cars and other equipment as follows: 

Right-of-use assets 
Land 
Motor vehicles and other equipment 
Property 

73

31 December  
2021 
£000 

31 December
2020
 £000

6,872 
145 
– 

7,017 

7,451
145
62

7,658

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the 2021 financial year were £0.4 million (2020: £1.3 million) and depreciation £1.1 million  
(2020: £1.3 million).

Lease liabilities 
Current 
Non-current 

31 December  
2021 
£000 

31 December
2020
 £000

(815) 
(6,362) 

(7,177) 

(694)
(6,820)

(7,514)

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
Management performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the incremental borrowing rate on the Group’s lease liability  
and right-of-use asset balances. A 3% decrease in the IBR would result in an increase in the right-of-use asset of £1.5 million and lease liability 
by £1.4 million (2020: increase in right-of-use asset of £1.5 million and lease liability by £2.0 million).

(b) Amounts recognised in the income statement
The income statement includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets 
Land 
Motor vehicles and other equipment 
Property  

Other 
Interest expense (note 6) 
Expense relating to leases of low-value and short-term leases (included in cost of sales and administrative expense) 

(c) Amounts recognised in the cash flow statement
The cash flow statement includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Repayment of interest on lease liabilities 
Repayment of principal portion of lease liability 

Total cash outflow 

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
 £000

903 
85 
62 

1,050 

684 
361 

889
121
267

1,277

795
258

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
 £000

684 
747 

1,431 

795
973

1,768

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

13 Inventories

Oil stock 
Drilling and maintenance materials 

14 Trade and other receivables

Trade debtors 
Prepayments 
Other debtors 
VAT recoverable 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

580 
512 

1,092 

439
584

1,023

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

3,945 
1,045 
293 
226 

5,509 

2,221
924
439
511

4,095

Trade debtors are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
non-interest bearing and due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are recognised initially 
at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised 
at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows, and therefore measures them 
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Details about the Group’s consideration of credit risk are provided in note 23.

Due to the short-term nature of trade and other receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

15 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 

The cash and cash equivalents do not include restricted cash. 

Restricted cash

Non-current 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

3,289 

2,438

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

410 

410

The restricted cash represents restoration deposits paid to Nottinghamshire County Council, which serve as collateral for the restoration of 
drilling sites at the end of their life. The restoration deposits are subject to regulatory and other restrictions and are therefore not available for 
general use of the Group.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

3,289 
(14,836) 

(11,547) 

(669) 

2,438
(13,695)

(11,257)

(937)

(12,216) 

(12,194)

Cash and cash  
equivalents  
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

2021  

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

2,438 
(812) 
1,432 
(756) 
48 
939 
– 

3,289 

(13,695) 
– 
(1,432) 
756 
(198) 
– 
(267) 

(11,257) 
(812) 
– 
– 
(150) 
939 
(267) 

(14,836) 

(11,547) 

8,194 
(940) 
5,544 
(4,645) 
835 
(6,550) 
– 

2,438 

Borrowings  
£000 

(13,071) 
– 
(5,544) 
4,645 
610 
– 
(335) 

(13,695) 

2020

Total
£000

(4,877)
(940)
–
–
1,445
(6,550)
(335)

(11,257)

15 Cash and cash equivalents continued
Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings – including capitalised fees 

Net debt 

Capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

At 1 January 
Interest paid on borrowings 
Drawdown of RBL (note 18) 
Repayment of RBL (note 18) 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non-cash movements 

At 31 December 

16 Discontinued operations
The divestment of assets acquired as part of the Dart Acquisition, namely the Rest of the World segment, was completed in 2016. The Group 
still has a presence in a small number of Australian and Singaporean registered operations and continues its plans to exit all legal jurisdictions 
in the near future. During the year ended 31 December 2021, we commenced the liquidation process for the remaining of these overseas 
dormant subsidiaries and control over these entities has been transferred to the administrators. The total loss after tax in respect of discontinued 
operations was £0.2 million primarily due to the recycling of the currency translation reserve on liquidation/strike off and administration costs 
(2020: loss after tax from discontinued operations of £11.1 million, primarily relating to the recycling of the currency translation reserve on 
liquidation/strike off). 

Effect of liquidation/strike off on the financial statements:

Other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other payables 

Net assets and liabilities disposed 

Disposal consideration 

Translation reserve re-classification to income statement on liquidation/strike off 

Loss on liquidation/strike off charged to the income statement 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

(11) 2

(118) 
15 

(114) 

– 

(9)
56

49

–

(326) 

(440) 

(10,781)

(10,732)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

17 Trade and other payables

Current 
Trade creditors 
Employment taxes 
Other creditors and accruals 

Non-current 
Amounts due to a related party 
Other creditors and accruals 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

(1,117) 
(255) 
(5,491) 

(6,863) 

(371) 
(399) 

(770) 

(1,351)
(252)
(3,644)

(5,247)

(371)
(789)

(1,160)

Trade creditors are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. 

The carrying amounts of each of the Group’s financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value. 

18 Borrowings

Reserves Based Lending facility (RBL) – secured (non-current) 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

(14,836) 

(13,695)

The carrying amounts of each of the Group’s financial liabilities included within borrowings are considered to be a reasonable approximation  
of their fair value. 

Reserves Based Lending facility 
On 3 October 2019, the Company announced that it had signed a $40.0 million RBL with BMO Capital Markets (BMO). In addition to the 
committed $40.0 million RBL, a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new 
conventional developments. The RBL has a five-year term, an interest rate of USD LIBOR plus 4.0%, matures in September 2024 and is secured 
on IGas Energy plc’s assets. The Group is continuing preparation for transition to incorporate alternative risk-free rates and is monitoring the 
market and discussing the potential changes with its counterparties in order to effectively transition from USD LIBOR to alternative risk-free 
rates. Management does not expect any material impact on its financial position and performance resulting from this transition.

The RBL is subject to a semi-annual redetermination in May and November when the loan availability will be recalculated taking into account 
forecast commodity prices, remaining field reserves (assessed by an independent reserves auditor annually) and the latest forecast of operating 
and capital costs. As at 31 December 2021, the Group had successfully completed the November 2021 redetermination which confirmed an 
available facility limit of $26.2 million (2020: $31.7 million).

Under the terms of the RBL, the Group is subject to a financial covenant whereby, as at 30 June and 31 December each year, the ratio of Net Debt at 
the period end to Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation and Exceptional items (EBITDAX as defined in the RBL agreement) for the 
previous 12 months shall be less than or equal to 3.5:1. The Group complied with its covenants for the financial year ended 31 December 2021. 

Collateral against borrowing
A Security Agreement was executed between BMO and IGas Energy plc and some of its subsidiaries, namely: Island Gas Limited, Island Gas 
Operations Limited, Star Energy Weald Basin Limited, Star Energy Group Limited, Star Energy Limited, Island Gas (Singleton) Limited, Dart Energy 
(East England) Limited, Dart Energy (West England) Limited, IGas Energy Development Limited, IGas Energy Enterprise Limited, Dart Energy 
(Europe) Limited and IGas Energy Production Limited.

Under the terms of this Agreement, BMO have a floating charge over all of the assets of these legal entities, other than property, assets, rights and 
revenue detailed in a fixed charge. The fixed charge encompasses the real property (freehold and/or leasehold property), the specific petroleum 
licences, all pipelines, plant, machinery, vehicles, fixtures, fittings, computers, office and other equipment, all related property rights, all bank 
accounts, shares and assigned agreements and rights including related property rights (hedging agreements, all assigned intergroup receivables 
and each required insurance and the insurance proceeds). 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19 Provisions

Decommissioning  

Contingent 
provisions  consideration 
£000 

£000 

2021  

  Decommissioning 
provisions 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Contingent 
consideration 
£000 

At 1 January 
Acquisitions (note 21) 
Utilisation of provision 
Unwinding of discount (note 6) 
Reassessment of decommissioning provision  
(note 9 and note 10) 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 

(61,819) 
– 
778 
(1,659) 

(3,295) 
– 

(3,024) 
– 
– 
(277) 

(64,843) 
– 
778 
(1,936) 

– 
570 

(3,295) 
570 

(55,101) 
– 
946 
(1,466) 

(6,198) 
– 

– 
(2,784) 
– 
(60) 

– 
(180) 

77

2020

Total
£000

(55,101)
(2,784)
946
(1,526)

(6,198)
(180)

At 31 December 

(65,995) 

(2,731) 

(68,726) 

(61,819) 

(3,024) 

(64,843)

Decommissioning  

Contingent 
provisions  consideration 
£000 

£000 

2021  

  Decommissioning 
provisions 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Contingent 
consideration 
£000 

Current 
Non-current 

At 31 December 

(2,139) 
(63,856) 

(65,995) 

(280) 
(2,451) 

(2,731) 

(2,419) 
(66,307) 

(68,726) 

– 
(61,819) 

(61,819) 

(293) 
(2,731) 

(3,024) 

2020

Total
£000

(293)
(64,550)

(64,843)

Decommissioning provision 
The Group spent £0.8 million on decommissioning activities during the year (2020: 0.9 million).

Provision has been made for the discounted future cost of abandoning wells and restoring sites to a condition acceptable to the relevant authorities. 
This is expected to take place between 1 to 40 years from year end (2020: 1 to 37 years). The provisions are based on the Group’s internal 
estimate as at 31 December 2021. Assumptions are based on the current experience from decommissioning wells which management believes is a 
reasonable basis upon which to estimate the future liability. The estimates are based on a planned programme of abandonments but also include a 
provision to be spent in 2022-2025 on preparing for the abandonment campaign, abandoning wells and restoring sites which for regulatory, integrity 
or other reasons fall outside the planned campaign. The wells to be decommissioned in 2022 and 2023 are in line with management’s discussions 
with the regulator. The estimates are reviewed regularly to take account of any material changes to the assumptions. Actual decommissioning costs 
will ultimately depend upon future costs for decommissioning which will reflect market conditions and regulations at that time. Furthermore, the 
timing of decommissioning is uncertain and is likely to depend on when the fields cease to produce at economically viable rates. This, in turn, will 
depend on factors such as future oil and gas prices, which are inherently uncertain.

A risk free rate range of 1.2% to 3.0% is used in the calculation of the provision as at 31 December 2021 (2020: Risk free rate range of 1.20%  
to 3.00%).

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
Management performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the risk free rate on the Group’s decommissioning provision 
balance. A 0.5% decrease in the risk free rate assumption would result in an increase in the decommissioning provision by £4.0 million.

Management also performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the undiscounted future cost of abandoning wells and 
restoring sites on the Group’s decommissioning provision balance. A 10% increase in the undiscounted future cost would result in an increase  
in the decommissioning provision by £6.6 million.

Contingent consideration
The carrying value of contingent consideration relates to the GT Energy acquisition in 2020, as explained in note 21. The change in fair value  
is primarily related to the movement in fair value of IGas plc shares from the previous year end, as the consideration is payable in shares. 

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
The principal assumptions in calculating the fair value of contingent consideration is the probability assigned to milestone payments and the 
share price at valuation date. Management performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the key assumptions. An increase 
in the probability of the scenario which would result in the maximum pay out by 5% would result in an increase in the contingent consideration 
provision by £0.3 million (2020: £0.3 million). An increase in the share price at valuation date by 10% would result in an increase in the 
contingent consideration provision by £0.2 million (2020: £0.2 million). 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

20 Pension scheme
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Contributions made by the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021 were  
£0.52 million (2020: £0.65 million). Contributions amounting to £0.05 million were accrued at 31 December 2021 (2020: £0.05 million) and  
are included in trade and other payables.

21 Acquisitions
There have been no acquisitions in the year ending 31 December 2021. 

In the year ended 31 December 2020, IGas acquired GT Energy UK Limited, details as follows:

Acquisition of GT Energy UK Limited
IGas entered into a sale and purchase agreement (SPA) to acquire GT Energy UK Limited (GT Energy), a developer of deep geothermal heat 
projects onshore UK on 16 September 2020. GT Energy’s principal project is a 14MW deep geothermal project in the Etruria Valley, Stoke-on-
Trent. The project is anticipated to supply zero carbon heat to the city of Stoke-on-Trent on a long-term ‘take or pay’ contract (TPA) with Stoke-on-
Trent City Council (SoTCC). It is anticipated that the heat will be supplied through the SoTCC owned and operated district heating network, which 
is undergoing installation.

Under the terms of the SPA, IGas made an initial payment of £0.5 million (the Initial Purchase Price) to the Sellers satisfied in 2,222,223 IGas 
ordinary shares on completion by the transfer of 1,844,637 shares held by IGas (not as treasury shares, as defined under the AIM Rules) and 
allotment and issue of 377,586 shares based on an agreed share price of £0.225 per share. The Initial Purchase Price was subject to an immaterial 
post-completion adjustment following the preparation of completion accounts, and an adjustment will be made against any additional 
consideration payable upon satisfaction of future milestone events (Milestone Consideration) in accordance with the SPA.

The maximum consideration payable to the Sellers under the SPA is £12.0 million and the ordinary shares of IGas which may be issued under the 
SPA shall not exceed twenty-nine point nine per cent (≤29.9%) of the fully diluted issued ordinary share capital of IGas. In addition to the Initial 
Purchase Price, the Company may be required to pay the Milestone Consideration – see below. GT Energy has entered into a term sheet with 
Gravis Capital Management Limited (Gravis) which provides indicative and non-binding terms, on behalf of funds managed by Gravis, to fund a 
significant proportion of the c.£20 million project through a limited-recourse debt facility. Such provision of finance is conditional on, inter alia, 
signature of the TPA by SoTCC and GT Energy, agreement and execution of the financing documentation, the completion of Gravis’ due diligence 
and internal Gravis and third-party approvals. GT Energy is currently engaged in advanced negotiations with SoTCC in respect of the TPA.

The Company may be required to pay Milestone Consideration upon:

(i)  financial close, within five years of the date of the SPA (the First Milestone Longstop), of a funding facility in respect of GT Energy’s principal 

project (described above) on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company (the First Milestone);

(ii)  subject to completion of the First Milestone first delivery of heat to the district heat network under the TPA;
(iii) subject to completion of the First Milestone, six months following (ii);
(iv) subject to completion of the First Milestone the first anniversary of (ii);
(v)  the first of either (being the Business Development Milestone): 

•  GT Energy securing a further geothermal project in the UK by successfully completing certain key targets relevant thereto (as set out in 
the SPA), within the earlier of (a) the fifth anniversary of the date of the SPA, and (b) the second anniversary of an announcement by the 
UK government of a new RHI Scheme, or in the reasonable opinion of the Company, equivalent scheme; or

•  One Thousand British Pounds (GBP £1,000) per full kW electrical generating capacity installed, capped at £1 million (for 1,000kW or 
more) subject to and measured on the date upon which, inter alia, validation of a planning application to allow electricity generation 
at the primary project location, and installation and successful commissioning of an electricity generation plant which utilises excess 
heat from the primary project, together with the ability to utilise such electricity to supply the Project’s electricity requirements, and/or 
connect to a private wire or the national grid as the case may be.

The Milestone Consideration will be satisfied by the allotment of ordinary shares in IGas, as is derived by, for each Seller, dividing their 
proportion of the relevant Milestone Consideration by: (a) in respect of ordinary shares in IGas to be allotted in respect of the First Milestone: 
either (i) if the First Milestone is satisfied within thirty (30) months of the date of the SPA, the volume weighted average price of IGas’s ordinary 
shares as derived from the AIM section of the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List (VWAP), on the one hundred and eighty (180) dealing 
days preceding the date of the SPA (First VWAP), or (ii) if the First Milestone is satisfied in the period falling on or after thirty (30) months from 
the date of the SPA and before the First Milestone Longstop, the VWAP on the thirty (30) dealing days preceding the date of the satisfaction 
of the First Milestone (Second VWAP); (b) in respect of ordinary shares in IGas to be allotted in respect of any other milestone (other than the 
Business Development Milestone), either the First VWAP or Second VWAP as was applicable, or would have been applicable to (as the case may 
be), to any ordinary shares in IGas to be allotted under the First Milestone; and (c) in respect of ordinary shares in IGas in respect of the Business 
Development Milestone, the VWAP on the ninety (90) dealing days preceding the date of satisfaction of the relevant Business Development 
Milestone, with, in each case, the resulting number being rounded down to the nearest whole share and subject to, inter alia, admission to 
trading on AIM of the relevant shares.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202121 Acquisitions continued
Acquisition of GT Energy UK Limited continued
Details of the consideration (Initial Purchase Price and Milestone Consideration) and net assets acquired are as follows:

Amount settled in cash 
Fair value of Initial Purchase Price 
Fair value of the Milestone Consideration 

Fair value of the consideration transferred 

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities at fair value 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets – development costs 
Trade and trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities 

79

31 December
2020
£000

–
500
2,784

3,284

1
3,223
18
77
(35)

3,284

The fair value of the consideration relating to the Initial Purchase Price (£0.5 million) is based on 2,222,223 shares issued at an agreed share price 
of 22.5p under the SPA.

The £2.8 million fair value of the Milestone Consideration (contingent consideration liability) recognised on the acquisition date has been 
calculated by determining the probability-weighted value of the Milestone payments and the fair value of IGas shares issued to satisfy these 
payments. The calculation is based on an internal assessment of the probability of the milestones being achieved and of the inputs to the 
economic model which determines the level of the consideration for each milestone in accordance with the SPA. The probability weighted 
Milestone payments were discounted using a WACC of 8.3%. The resulting consideration amount was divided by the First VWAP (28.09p) to 
calculate the estimated number of shares to be issued as management have assumed that the First Milestone would be satisfied within  
30 months of the date of the SPA. The estimated number of shares to be issued was then multiplied at a share price of 12.6p, being the IGas 
share price as at acquisition date (which is reflective of the estimated fair value of IGas shares), resulting in the estimated fair value of the 
Milestone Consideration of £2.8 million. The estimated fair value of the Milestone Consideration will be reviewed at each year end and any 
changes recognised in the income statement. 

Acquisition related costs amounting to £0.2 million have been recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement, as part of 
administrative expenses.

22 Commitments
Capital commitments
The Group’s capital commitments relate to expenditure committed but not spent on conventional and unconventional licences as follow: 

Conventional capex 
Unconventional capex 

Total capital commitments 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

310 

6 6

316 

63

69

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

23 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair value hierarchy
Assets and liabilities, for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements, are categorised within the fair value hierarchy 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either 

directly or indirectly; and 

•  Level 3: valuation techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable 

market data. 

There are no non-recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair value 
hierarchy.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

Financial assets:  
Derivative financial instruments – foreign exchange contracts 

Financial liabilities:  
Derivative financial instruments – oil hedges 
Contingent consideration (note 19) 

Level 

2 

Level 

2 
3 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

– 

– 

314

314

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

(1,410) 
(2,731) 

(4,141) 

(1,271)
(3,024)

(4,295)

Fair value of derivative financial instruments
Commodity price hedges
The fair values of the commodity price hedges were provided by counterparties with whom the trades have been entered into. These consist of 
Asian style put and call options and swaps to sell/buy oil. The hedges are valued using a Black-Scholes methodology; however, certain adjustments 
are made to the spot-price volatility of oil prices due to the nature of the contracts. These adjustments are made either through Monte Carlo 
simulations or through statistical formulae. The inputs to these valuations include the price of oil, its volatility, and risk free interest rates.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Fair value of derivative financial instruments continued
Foreign exchange contracts
The fair value of foreign exchange contracts was provided by counterparties with whom the trades have been entered into.

During the year, the Group entered into certain collars and swaps in order to manage its exposure to commodity price risk associated with sales 
of oil. The outstanding oil hedge contracts as at 31 December 2021 were as follows:

Type 

US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 

Other 

Strike Price/ 
Fixed and  
Floating Price 

50.00 
43.25 
47.00 
60.00 
60.00 
65.25 
65.25 
69.00 
70.00 
78.10 
74.85 

2022 Q1  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
– 
30,000 
30,000 
30,000 
– 
– 
– 
15,000 
– 

2022 Q2  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

54,000 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
18,000 
18,000 
– 
15,000 
– 

2022 Q3  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
30,000 
30,000 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
30,000 
– 
– 

105,000 

105,000 

90,000 

2022 Q4 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
30,000 

30,000 

Fair value at
31 December
2021 

£000 

(74)
(41)
(30)
(377)
(377)
(261)
(141)
(91)
(96)
37
43

Total 

Contract
Amount
bbls oil  

54,000 
30,000 
30,000 
30,000 
30,000 
30,000 
18,000 
18,000 
30,000 
30,000 
30,000 

330,000 

(1,410)

–

The above derivatives mature over the financial year from 1 January 2022 until 31 December 2022. A loss of £6.6 million was realised on hedges 
during the year to 31 December 2021 (see note 4).

The outstanding oil hedge contracts as at 31 December 2020 were as follows:

Derivative Liability 

(1,410)

Type 

US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 

Other 

2021 Q1  

2021 Q2  

2021 Q3  

2021 Q4 

  Fair value at
 31 December
2020 

Total 

Fixed 
Price 

– 
– 
– 
40.05 
44.35 
44.65 
46 

Contract 
price 
Buy Put 

Contract 
price 
Sell Call 

40 
44 
45 
– 
– 
– 
– 

48 
50 
53.15 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

15,000 
– 
– 
5,400 
24,000 
15,000 
30,000 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

15,000 
– 
– 
5,400 
24,000 
15,000 
30,000 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

15,000 
15,000 
38,400 
– 
24,000 
15,000 
– 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

15,000 
15,000 
38,400 
– 
– 
15,000 
– 

Contract
Amount
bbls oil  

60,000 
30,000 
76,800 
10,800 
72,000 
60,000 
60,000 

£000 

(212)
(61)
(47)
(88)
(348)
(269)
(225)

89,400 

89,400 

107,400 

83,400 

369,600 

(1,250)

Derivative Liability 

(1,271)

(21)

The above derivatives matured over the financial year from 1 January 2021 until 31 December 2021. A gain of £4.6 million was realised on hedges 
during the year to 31 December 2020 (see note 4).

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
The carrying values of the financial assets and financial liabilities are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values.

Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is 
to finance the Group’s operations, including the Group’s capital expenditure programme. The Group has trade and other receivables, cash and 
cash equivalents and restricted cash that are derived directly from its operations and restricted cash. The Group also enters into derivative 
transactions to manage its commodity price exposure. 

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy  
is to support the Group’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Group is exposed to the following risks:

•  Interest rate risk
•  Market risk, including commodity price and foreign currency risks
•  Credit risk 
•  Liquidity risk 

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks, which are summarised below. The Group’s policy is that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Group and it does not use derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the RBL with BMO (see note 18 for further details). 

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in interest rates on the fair value of the drawn RBL balance.  
The analysis is based on the assumption that USD LIBOR moves 50 basis points, with all other variables held constant. 

50 basis point increase in USD LIBOR 
50 basis point decrease in USD LIBOR 

Increase/(decrease)
 in profit before 
tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
(restated)
 £000

(74) 
74 

(68)
68

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors, such as 
commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt and the proportion of financial instruments 
in foreign currencies are all constant and that financial derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the 
sensitivity to changes in market variables on the Group’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity, 
where applicable. 

The following assumptions have been made in preparing the sensitivity analyses: 

•  The sensitivity of the relevant loss before tax item is the effect of the assumed changes in market risks. This is based on the financial assets 

and financial liabilities held at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020; and

•  The impact on equity is the same as the impact on loss before tax and ignores the effects of deferred tax, if any.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Commodity price risk
The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in prevailing market commodity prices (primarily crude oil) on the oil and gas it produces.  
The Group’s policy is to manage these risks through the use of derivative financial instruments. 

The following table summarises the impact on loss before tax for changes in commodity prices on the fair value of derivative financial 
instruments. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as these derivative financial instruments have not been 
designated as hedges and are classified as held-for-trading. 

The analysis is based on derivative contracts existing at the balance sheet date, the assumption that crude oil price moves 10% over all future 
financial years, with all other variables held constant. Management believe that 10% is a reasonable sensitivity based on forward forecasts of 
estimated oil price volatility.

10% increase in the price of oil 
10% decrease in the price of oil 

Increase/(decrease) in profit  
before tax and equity 

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
 £000

(1,241) 
1,254 

(1,283)
1,232

Foreign currency risk
The Group has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from sales, purchases or financing in currencies other than the UK pound 
sterling, the functional currency of all Group companies. The Group’s sales are denominated in US dollars, and approximately 5% of costs are 
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Group, primarily US dollars. The Group borrowings are also denominated  
in US dollars. The Group’s exposure to other currencies is not considered to be material.

The following table summarises the impact on loss before tax for changes in the pound sterling/US dollar exchange rate on the financial assets 
and liabilities in the balance sheet at year end, principally relating to the Group’s borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact  
on equity is the same as the impact on loss before tax.

The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in profit  
before tax and equity 

31 December   31 December
2020
£000

2021  
£000 

1,482 
(1,482) 

1,286
(1,286)

Credit risk
The Group has a credit policy to assess and manage the credit risk of counterparties before entering contracts, including credit checks through 
external credit agencies, the establishment of credit limits, a requirement for security, payment terms and specific transaction approvals. The 
primary credit exposures of the Group are its receivables from crude oil, electricity and gas sales, amounts due from joint venture partners and 
exposure with respect to derivative contracts. These exposures are managed at the corporate level. The Group has two main customers and only 
trades with established counterparties who have been approved in accordance with the Group’s credit policy.

At 31 December 2021, two customers (2020: two) accounted for approximately 76% (2020: 94%) of total trade receivables outstanding of  
£3.9 million (2020: £2.2 million). 

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash, cash equivalents and derivative contracts, 
the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these 
instruments. The Group limits its counterparty credit risk on these assets by dealing only with financial institutions with credit ratings of at least A 
or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder. At 31 December 2021, the maximum exposure was £3.3 million  
(2020: £2.8 million).

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash 
flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments: 

On demand  
£000 

< 1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

At 31 December 2021 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Trade creditors 

At 31 December 2020 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Trade creditors 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
(1,586) 
(1,117) 

(2,703) 

– 
(1,655) 
(1,351) 

(3,006) 

(6,645) 
(1,404) 
– 

(8,049) 

(8,860) 
(1,190) 
– 

(10,050) 

– 
(1,529) 
– 

(1,529) 

(3,424) 
(1,359) 
– 

(4,783) 

– 
(10,853) 
– 

(10,853) 

(10,271) 
(11,433) 
– 

(21,704) 

(15,505)
(15,033)
(1,117)

(31,655)

(13,695)
(15,976)
(1,351)

(31,022)

Management considers that the Group has adequate current assets and forecast cash from operations to manage liquidity risks arising from 
current and non-current liabilities.

Capital management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder  
value. The Group’s funding requirements are met through a combination of debt and equity and adjustments are made in light of changes  
in economic conditions. The Group’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with its secured RBL (see note 18).

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Group includes interest-bearing loans 
less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in net debt. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves and accumulated 
profits/losses.

The Group signed a $40.0 million RBL with BMO on 3 October 2019. In addition to the committed $40.0 million RBL, a further $20.0 million is 
available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments (see note 18). Management 
believe that the RBL financing structure will be sustainable in the current oil price environment and, together with a carried work programme of 
up to $216 million, means that the Group is well positioned to pursue its strategy.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85

24 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into one 
new ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 14 June 2017, 
the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number of shares in issue to 
that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001p each were consolidated 
into one new ordinary share of 0.02p each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002p. The consolidation and subdivision 
reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Issued and fully paid 
At 1 January 2020 

2020 SIP share issue – partnership 
2020 SIP share issue – matching 
Shares issued in respect of salary sacrifice scheme 
Shares issued for acquisitions (note 21) 
Shares issued in lieu of Directors’ fees 

At 31 December 2020 

2021 SIP share issue – partnership 
2021 SIP share issue – matching 
Shares issued in respect of MRP exercises 

At 31 December 2021 

Ordinary shares*   

Deferred shares**   

Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

Share 
 capital 

Nominal
value 
£000 

Share
premium

Value
£000

122,360,175 

288,363 
285,362 
1,235,168 
377,586 
250,515 

124,797,169 

303,767 
381,026 
13,543 

125,495,505 

2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2 

– 
– 
– 

2 

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,680

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

56
56
–
84
30

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,906

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

40
46
–

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,992

*  During 2020, all remaining shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust were disposed. See note 25 for further details.
** Deferred shares were created on the capital restructuring which completed in April 2017. 

Accordingly, the Group share capital account comprised:

Share capital account 
At 1 January 2020 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2020 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2021 

£000

30,333
–1

30,333
–1

30,333

1 Given the low par value, the financial impact of share issues in the year rounds to zero.

Share premium 
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 698,336 ordinary shares (2020: 2,436,994 ordinary shares), resulting in an increase in share premium 
of £0.1 million (2020: £0.2 million). No costs in relation to the share issues were incurred during the year (2020: nil). 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

25 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

Share plan  

Treasury 
reserves   shares reserve 
£000 

£000 

Balance at 1 January 2020 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 

Balance at 31 December 2021 

11,933 

2,298 
– 

14,231 

1,110 
– 

15,341 

(1,421) 

– 
38 

(1,383) 

– 
30 

(1,353) 

Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2020 
Exercisable at 1 January 2020 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2020 
Exercisable at 31 December 2020 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2021 

Exercisable at 31 December 2021 

Capital 
contributions 
£000 

47 

– 
– 

47 

– 
– 

47 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 

– 
– 

22,222 

– 
– 

Total
£000

32,781

2,298
38

35,117

1,110
30

22,222 

36,257

EIP 
Number  
of units 

5,546,790 
5,546,790 

5,434,470 
– 
(1,676,177) 

9,305,083 
9,305,083 

2,500,000 
– 
(1,678,077) 

MRP 
Number 
of units 

439,932 
439,932 

2,326,743 
(1,511,715) 
– 

1,254,960 
1,254,960 

– 
(13,532) 
– 

EDRP
Number
of units

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

10,127,006 

1,241,428 

325,000

10,127,006 

1,241,428 

325,000

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil. In addition to the share plans above, included in other reserves are also 
historic costs relating to the Long-Term Incentive Plan 2011 (2011 LTIP) and Value Creation Plan (2014 VCP).

Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
In March 2016, the Group introduced a Long-Term Incentive Plan in order to motivate and retain the Executive Directors of the Company and 
certain other key employees of the Group. On a yearly basis, since 2016 nil cost options were issued, which vest subject to meeting certain 
criteria, three years from grant. The options granted under the EIP are subject to a multiplier, which is defined by a share price target as explained 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

The fair value of the awards have been calculated in each period based on a Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the models were: 
share price as of date of grant, a risk free interest rate, and an implied share price volatility (based on historical volatility). It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

25 Other reserves continued
Executive Incentive Plan (EIP) continued
The following table details the awards made under the Long-Term Incentive Plan to the Executive Director of the Company and other  
key employees of the Group and the fair value of the grants, with awards made to Executive Directors further detailed in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. 

Award date 

March 20161,2   
October 2017 2 
March 20182 
March 2019 
April 2020 
April 2021 

Awarded  
number of  
 options 
No. 

 377,4351 
1,756,923 
1,911,057 
2,033,093 
5,434,470 
2,500,000 

Share price 
as of date 
of grant 
£ 

Risk free 
interest rate 
% 

Implied 
share price 
volatility 
% 

Fair value
of EIP awards
£million

0.15 
0.68 
0.76 
0.78 
0.29 
0.25 

0.52 
0.54 
0.98 
0.74 
0.10 
0.15 

68.8 
63.95 
58.3 
80.9 
81.0 
102.7 

1.4
1.0
1.3
1.8
1.8
0.5

1 On the award date a total of 7,548,701 options were issued. On 14 June 2017 these awards were subdivided in line with the subdivision and consideration  

of the Group’s share capital (see note 24), which is the number of awards presented in the table above. 

2 All grants made under these awards have now reached the end of the relevant vesting period. The exercise period extends until ten years after the award date. 

The EIPs outstanding at 31 December 2021 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 8.2 years 
(2020: 8.6 years). 

The total charge for the year was £1.11 million (2020: £1.87 million). Of this amount, £0.03 million (2020: £0.52 million) was capitalised and  
£1.08 million (2020: £1.35 million) was charged to the income statement.

Management Retention Plan (MRP)
In December 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the MRP. Under the MRP, participants are granted nil cost options 
which vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one-year holding 
period following the date of vesting. 

Employees were granted 7,143,610 options in the MRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 LTIP and 2016 cash bonuses. The options 
designated by the Group as replacement awards were accounted for as a modification of the original scheme and were valued at grant date and 
the options awarded in lieu of cash bonuses were measured with reference to the fair value of the services received. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re-measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into 
the model were: replacement date share price of between £0.14 and £0.24, threshold price of between £1.351 and £1.664, a risk free interest 
rate of between 0.37% and 0.42% and an implied share price volatility of between 73% and 86%. It was also assumed that no dividends would 
be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental fair value of £0.17 million. 

From March 2018 the Group has awarded ordinary shares to the Executive Director and other key employees of the Group as follows,  
with awards made to the Executive Director further detailed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report:

Award date 

March 2018 
March 2019 
March and July 2020 

  Awarded number of 
  ordinary shares
No.

76,310
157,624
2,326,743

The fair value of the awards is based on the fair value of the services rendered.

There were also a number of share exercises during each year relating to other employees of the Company. 

The MRPs outstanding at 31 December 2021 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 5.6 years 
(2020: 6.5 years). 

The total charge for the year was £nil (2020: £0.45 million). Of this amount, £nil (2020: £0.08 million) was capitalised or recharged to joint 
venture partners and £nil (2020: £0.37 million) was charged to the income statement.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

25 Other reserves continued
Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
In July 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the EDRP. Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which 
vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one-year holding period 
following the date of vesting. 

Executives were granted 6,500,000 options in the EDRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 LTIP and the Value Creation Plan (VCP). 
The options have been designated by the Group as replacement awards at grant date and were accounted for as a modification of the original 
scheme. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re-measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The fair value of 
replacement awards was based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: replacement date share price of £0.23, 
threshold price of between £0.945 and £1.664, a risk free interest rate of between 0.49% and 0.60% and an implied share price volatility of 
between 70% and 78%. It was also assumed that no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental fair 
value of £1.5 million.

The EDRPs outstanding at 31 December 2021 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 1.5 years 
(2020: 2.5 years). 

The total charge for the year was £nil (2020: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2020: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2020: £nil) was charged to the 
income statement.

Other share-based payments
Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
In 2013, the Group adopted an Inland Revenue approved SIP for all employees of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive plan  
pursuant to which all employees are eligible to acquire up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares per month or £1,800 
per annum. Under the SIP, employees are invited to make contributions to buy partnership shares. If an employee agrees to buy partnership 
shares the Company currently matches the number of partnership shares bought with an award of shares (matching shares), on a one-for-one  
or two-for-one basis subject to the pre-defined quarterly production targets being met. 

The total charge for the year was £0.08 million (2020: £0.09 million). Of this amount, £nil (2020: £nil) was capitalised and £0.08 million  
(2020: £0.09 million) was charged to the income statement.

Treasury shares reserve
The Treasury shares reserve consisted of shares issued to the IGas Energy Employee Benefit Trust (the Trust), of which the Company was the 
sponsoring entity. The value of such shares was recorded in the share capital and share premium accounts in the ordinary way and was also 
shown as a deduction from equity in this separate reserve account. There is therefore no net effect on shareholders’ funds. 

During the year ended 31 December 2020, all remaining shares in the Trust were disposed of and the Trust was terminated on 15 January 2021.

During the years ended to 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, no shares were issued to the Trust. In 2020, 5,000 ordinary shares  
of £0.00002 each were released from the Trust on exercise of share options by current and former employees. 

Capital contribution 
The capital contribution relates to cash received following the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents the 
difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

26 Related party transactions
The information below sets out transactions and balances between the Group and related parties in the normal course of business for the year 
ended 31 December 2021. All related party transactions were entered into on an arm’s length basis. 

The Non-executive Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (role made redundant on 31 July 2020) of the Company are 
considered to be the only key management personnel as defined by IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202126 Related party transactions continued

Short-term employee benefits 
Termination benefits 
Share plan 
Social security costs 
Fees 

89

Year ended  
31 December  
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

614 
– 
336 
80 
128 

1,158 

651
376
1,447
133
107

2,714

Short-term employee benefits: These amounts comprise fees paid to the key management personnel in respect of salary and benefits earned 
during the relevant financial year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.

Share plan: This is the cost to the Group of key management personnel’s participation in SIP, MRP and EIP plans, as measured by the fair value  
of SIP, MRPs and EIPs granted, accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2.

27 Subsequent events
On 26 January 2022, the Group issued 144,232 ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Group’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued at 
£0.1455 resulting in share premium of £20,983.

28 Operating segments 
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in a business activity from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, 
including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components. All the operating segment’s operating 
results are reviewed regularly to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance. Segment results 
include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly 
corporate assets and head office expenses. The Group only has one reportable geographical segment with continuing operations, being the UK. 

External revenues
Cost of sales

Gross profit

General & administrative expenses
Exploration costs written off
Oil and gas impairment
Hedging

Segment operating profit/(loss)

Changes in fair value of contingent 
considerations
Other income
Finance income
Finance costs

Finance costs – net

Loss before income tax

Total assets

Total liabilities

Operating 
segment 
£’000

21,578
(23,527)

(1,949)

(4,681)
(67)
(38,535)
3,749

(41,483)

Unallocated 
£’000

–
–

–

(650)
–
–
–

(650)

Operating 
segment 
£’000

37,916
(23,899)

14,017

(3,935)
(10,463)

–

(6,715)

(7,096)

Unallocated 
£’000

–
–

–

(1,892)
–
–
–

(1,892)

2021

Total 
£’000

37,916
(23,899)

14,017

(5,827)
(10,463)
–
(6,715)

(8,988)

570
–
2
(3,850)

(3,848)

(7,096)

167,326

(99,245)

(1,892)

(12,266)

1,072

(537)

168,398

(99,782)

(41,483)

166,150

(93,436)

(650)

883

(294)

2020

Total 
£’000

21,578
(23,527)

(1,949)

(5,331)
(67)
(38,535)
3,749

(42,133)

(180)
415
1,471
(3,647)

(2,176)

(44,074)

167,033

(93,730)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Parent Company Balance Sheet
as at 31 December 2021

Assets 
Non-current assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Property, plant and equipment 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Liabilities
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Accumulated deficit 

Total equity 

31 December 
 2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

Note 

2 
3 

4 
5 

6 
9 

8 
9 

182,011 
– 

182,011 

186,246
21

186,267

23,128 
255 

23,383 

18,774
280

19,054

205,394 

205,321

(148,046) 
(280) 

(140,705)
(293)

(148,326) 

(140,998)

(14,836) 
(2,451) 

(17,287) 

(13,695)
(2,731)

(16,426)

(165,613) 

(157,424)

39,781 

47,897

11 
11 
12 

30,333 
102,992 
36,257 
(129,801) 

30,333
102,906
35,117
(120,459)

39,781 

47,897

As a consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £9.3 million 
(2020: a loss of £39.6 million).

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 6 April 2022 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Frances Ward
Finance Director

The notes on pages 93 to 108 form an integral part of these financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2021

91

Balance at 1 January 2020 
Loss for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Disposal of shares held in EBT (note 12) 
Issue of shares (note 11) 

Balance at 31 December 2020 
Loss for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Issue of shares (note 11) 

Balance at 31 December 2021 

Called up  
share 
capital  
(note 11)  
£000 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 

Share
premium  
account 
(note 11) 
 £000 

102,680 
– 
– 
– 
226 

102,906 
– 
– 
86 

102,992 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000 

Other 

reserves*  Accumulated 
deficit 
(note 12) 
 £000 
£000 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

32,781 
– 
2,366 
– 
(30) 

35,117 
– 
1,140 
– 

(80,869) 
(39,608) 
– 
18 
– 

(120,459) 
(9,342) 
– 
– 

36,257 

(129,801) 

Total
equity
£000

84,925
(39,608)
2,366
18
196

47,897
(9,342)
1,140
86

39,781

*   Other reserves include: 1) EIP/MRP/LTIP/VCP/EDRP (see Group note 25) reserves which represent the cost of share options issued under the long-term incentive 
plans; 2) share investment plan reserve which represents the cost of the partnership and matching shares; 3) treasury shares reserve which represents the cost 
of shares in IGas Energy plc purchased in the market and held by the IGas Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) to satisfy awards held under the Group incentive plans; 
and 4) capital contribution reserve which arose following the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited.

The notes on pages 93 to 108 form an integral part of these financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
92

Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Loss before tax for the year 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Share-based payment charge 
Impairment of investments 
Credit loss allowance 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 
Other income 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non-cash adjustments 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
Increase in trade and other payables 

Cash generated/(used in) operating activities 

Tax refunded 

Net cash generated/(used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Interest received 

Net cash from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Proceeds from disposal of shares held in EBT net of costs 
Drawdown on Reserves Based Lending facility 
Repayment on Reserves Based Lending facility 
Interest paid 

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

The notes on pages 93 to 108 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended  
31 December  
2021  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

Note 

(9,342) 
21 
70 
5,761 
7,749 
(570) 
– 
(8,258) 
2,652 
2 

(1,915) 
(4,359) 
6,352 

78 

– 

78 

– 4

– 4

40 

– 4

1,432 
(756) 
(812) 

(96) 

(18) 
(7) 
280 

255 

(39,608)
36
397
42,330
6,073
180
(415)
(12,970)
1,697
(1)

(2,281)
(4,310)
2,631

(3,960)

–

(3,960)

56

5,544
(4,645)
(940)

19

(3,937)
(15)
4,232

280

2 
10 
9 

11 

5 
5 
5 

5 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021

93

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Parent Company financial statements of IGas Energy plc (the Company) have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards. The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 6 April 2022. IGas Energy plc is a public 
limited company (limited by shares) incorporated and registered in England, United Kingdom, and listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

UK company law requires the change in basis of preparation from international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 for the purposes of financial reporting as a result of the UK’s exit from the European Union on 31 January 2020 and the 
cessation of the transitional period on 31 December 2020. This change does not constitute a change in accounting policy but rather a change 
in framework, which is required to ground the use of IFRS in UK company law. There is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure 
between the two frameworks in the period reported.

The Company financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments 
that are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting financial year. The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound 
sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated. 

As a consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £9.3 million  
(2020: a loss of £39.6 million).

New and amended IFRS standards that are effective for the current year
During the year, the Company adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting financial year commencing  
1 January 2021:

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 
Amendments IFRS 16 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2
COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions

The adoption of the standards listed above did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company.

New and revised IFRS standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRS standards that have 
been issued but are not yet effective:

IFRS 17 (including the June 2020 amendments to IFRS 17) 
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 

Amendments to IAS 1 
Amendments to IFRS 3 
Amendments to IAS 16 
Amendments to IAS 37 
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle 

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 
Amendments to IAS 8 
Amendments to IAS 12 

Insurance Contracts
 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or  
Joint Venture
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
Reference to the Conceptual Framework
Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use
Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract
 Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting 
Standards, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IFRS 16 Leases, and IAS 41 Agriculture
Disclosure of Accounting Policies
Definition of Accounting Estimates
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the 
Company in future financial years.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements94

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(b) Going concern
The Company is reliant on the performance of IGas plc and its subsidiaries (the Group) for liquidity. 

The Group continues to closely monitor and manage its liquidity risks. Cash flow forecasts for the Group are regularly produced based on, inter 
alia, the Group’s production and expenditure forecasts, management’s best estimate of future oil prices, management’s best estimate of foreign 
exchange rates and the Group’s available loan facility under the RBL. Sensitivities are run to reflect different scenarios including, but not limited 
to, possible further reductions in commodity prices, strengthening of sterling and reductions in forecast oil and gas production rates. 

The Group’s operating cash flows have improved in 2021 as a result of improving commodity prices and we have successfully completed the 
2021 year-end redetermination. However, the ability of the Group to operate as a going concern is dependent upon the continued availability 
of future cash flows and the availability of the monies drawn under its RBL, which is redetermined semi-annually based on various parameters 
(including oil price and level of reserves) and is also dependent on the Group not breaching its RBL covenants. We also assumed that our existing 
RBL facility is amortised in line with its terms but is not refinanced or extended resulting a reduction in the facility to $12 million from 1 July 2023.  
To mitigate these risks, the Group benefits from its hedging policy with 231,000 bbls currently hedged for Q2-Q4 2022 using swaps at an average 
price of $74/bbl and 129,000 bbls using puts with an average price, net of premiums, of $46/bbl. In addition, we have hedged 15,000 bbls for 
Q1 2023 using swaps at $95/bbl..

Management has considered the impact of supply chain constraints on the Group’s operations. We have seen some impact on production  
during 2021 due to supply chain constraints and the need for members of our staff to self-isolate and have developed a number of contingency 
plans to mitigate this. Many of our sites are remotely manned and we are well equipped as a business to ensure we maintain business continuity, 
recognising that our production comes from a large number of wells in a variety of locations and we have flexibility in our off-take arrangements. 

Crude oil prices rose during 2021 and into 2022 as increasing COVID-19 vaccination rates, loosening pandemic-related restrictions, and  
a growing economy resulted in global petroleum demand rising faster than petroleum supply. The Ukraine war and sanctions imposed on Russia 
have caused disruption to international trade and dislocations in energy markets, tightening oil and gas markets significantly and causing prices 
to rise further while increasing price volatility.

The Group’s base case cash flow forecast was run with average oil prices of $96/bbl for 2022 falling to an average of $85/bbl in 2023 based 
on the forward curve. A foreign exchange rate of $1.35/£1 was used. Our forecasts show that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom 
to meet its financial covenants based on the existing RBL facility for the 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 
Management has also prepared a downside case with average oil prices at $90/bbl for H1 2022, $76/bbl for H2 2022 and $68/bbl for 2023 
and an average exchange rate of $1.37/£1.00 for 2022 and $1.42/£1.00 for 2023. Our downside case also included an average reduction in 
production of 5% over the period. 

Management expects to execute further hedging during the course of the year, which will provide further protection in the downside case. 
Management would also take mitigating actions including delaying capital expenditure and additional reductions in costs in order to remain 
within the Group’s debt liquidity covenants should such actions be necessary if prices were to decrease further. All such mitigating actions  
are within management’s control. We have not assumed any extensions or refinancing to the RBL. In this downside scenario, our forecast shows 
that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to meet its financial covenants for the 12 months from the date of approval of the  
financial statements. 

Based on the analysis above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in existence  
for the foreseeable future and have concluded it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the  
financial statements.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202195

1 Accounting policies continued
(c) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk 
of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, are discussed below.

Estimate: 
Recoverable value of investment in subsidiaries
The Company evaluates investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment as described in (d) below. Any impairment test, where required, 
involves estimates and associated assumptions related to matters (when appropriate), such as recoverable reserves; production profiles; forward 
gas and electricity prices; development, operational and off-take costs; nature of land access agreements and planning permissions; application 
of taxes; and other matters. Where the final outcome or revised estimates related to such matters differ from the estimates used in any earlier 
impairment reviews, the results of such differences, to the extent that they actually affected any impairment provisions, are accounted for when 
such revisions are made. Details of the Company’s investments are disclosed in note 2.

Judgement: 
Functional currency
The determination of a Company’s functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in  
which it operates may not be clear. The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the primary economic environment 
of the Company.

(d) Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in Group companies held as non-current assets are held at cost less provision for impairment unless the investments were acquired 
in exchange for the issue or part issue of shares in the Company, when they are initially recorded in the Company’s balance sheet at the fair value 
of the shares issued together with the fair value of any consideration paid, including costs of acquisition less any provision for impairment.

The Company’s investments in Group companies held as non-current assets are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable, when impairment is calculated on the basis as set out 
below. Any impairment is charged to the income statement. 

Loans to Group companies are stated at amortised cost.

Impairment
Impairment tests, when required, are carried out on the following basis:

•  By comparing any amounts carried as investments held as non-current assets with the recoverable amount.
•  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Company generally assesses value 
in use using the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or cash-generating unit.

Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier financial year that charge will be reversed in a later financial year where there has 
been a change in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing impairment 
losses, the carrying amount of the investment will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that would have 
been determined had no impairment loss been recognised in prior financial years.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the  
cost of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their estimated useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being 
accounted for as additional depreciation:

Buildings 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– over five years on a straight-line basis
– between three and five years on a straight-line basis
– over four years on a straight-line basis 

(e) Financial instruments
Classification
The Parent Company classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•  Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss); and
•  Those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.  
For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will be recorded either in the income statement or in OCI. For investments in equity 
instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Parent Company has made an irrevocable election at the time  
of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Parent Company reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements96

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(e) Financial instruments continued
Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date (that is, the date on which the Parent Company commits to 
purchase or sell the asset). Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have 
been transferred and the Parent Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement
At initial recognition, the Parent Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through 
profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets 
carried at FVPL are expensed in the income statement.

The Parent Company holds financial assets at amortised cost being trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash 
and derivative financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company also holds financial liabilities at amortised cost being trade and other payables, borrowings, other creditors and derivative 
financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company classifies its financial assets at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met:

•  The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows; and
•  The contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short-term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Company’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the Impairment accounting policy below.

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration payable. 

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting financial year, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets 
was impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated. 

Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that had not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent financial year, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the 
impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss  
is recognised in the income statement.

Expected credit loss
The Parent Company assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised 
cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For loans and amounts due 
from the Group undertakings, the Company applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be 
recognised from initial recognition of receivables.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202197

1 Accounting policies continued
(e) Financial instruments continued
Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (the EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities 
are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management’s estimates of the amounts or timings of cash flows are 
revised, borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest with any consequent adjustment 
being recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their 
expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are recognised in the 
income statement in the financial year in which they are incurred.

(f) Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable profit/(loss) 
differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable 
or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax is calculated 
using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except when 
the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise from differences 
at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred 
tax liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be 
recovered.

The carrying amount of deferred tax is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each 
reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be 
recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the assets are realised or the liability 
is settled, based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating 
to items recognised outside the income statement are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction either in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity.

(g) Share-based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees (including Directors), the fair value of the options at the date of the grant is recorded in equity 
over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into account by adjusting 
the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over 
the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market-vesting conditions, 
are factored in to the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount recorded is computed 
irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted for the failure to achieve  
a market vesting condition.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by the change 
from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

When an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised or the 
award is recognised immediately.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements98

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(g) Share-based payments continued
Where an equity settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date is continued to be recognised over its original vesting period. Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the 
amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and services received.

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted as a cost in the income statement unless the services rendered 
qualify for capitalisation as a non-current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non-current assets in the event of services being rendered  
in connection with an acquisition or intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant and equipment. 

Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will be 
recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value will be 
shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity (Treasury shares). 

Amounts recognised in the share plan reserves and treasury share reserve are not subsequently reclassified within equity.

(h) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between called 
up share capital, share premium accounts or merger reserve as appropriate.

(i) Foreign currency
Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency UK pound sterling are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the 
date of transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange rate ruling at the 
balance sheet date. All differences that arise are recorded in the income statement.

2 Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries comprises:

Parent Company 

At 1 January 
Acquisitions 
Additions 
Impairments 

At 31 December 

Credit loss allowance* 

At 31 December 

*  Refer to note 10 for credit risk.

Investment  
in Group  
companies  
£000 

Loans to 
Group 
companies* 
£000 

37,049 
– 
1,017 
(5,761) 

32,305 

249,299 
– 
8,258 
– 

2021  

Total 
£000 

286,348 
– 
9,275 
(5,761) 

Investment 
in Group 
companies 
£000 

Loans to
Group

companies* 
£000 

74,026 
3,284 
2,069 
(42,330) 

37,049 

241,018 
– 
8,281 
– 

249,299 

2020

Total
£000

315,044
3,284
10,350
(42,330)

286,348

257,557 

289,862 

– 

(107,851) 

(107,851) 

– 

(100,102) 

(100,102)

32,305 

149,706 

182,011 

37,049 

149,197 

186,246

Loans to Group companies are repayable on demand and bear interest at either 1.2% above GBP LIBOR or at a fixed rate of 6% and 12%.  
GBP LIBOR rates are being replaced by alternative risk-free rates as part of the inter-bank offer rate (IBOR) reform and are no longer published 
 by the FCA with effect from 31 December 2021. The Company is preparing for transition to incorporate alternative risk-free rates where the 
current interest benchmark used by the Company is GBP LIBOR in relation to its intercompany debt facilities. The Company is monitoring the 
market and discussing the potential changes in order to effectively transition to alternative risk-free rates and does not expect any material 
impact on its financial position and performance.

During 2020, the Company acquired GT Energy UK Limited for an initial payment of £0.5 million and the contingent consideration of £2.8 million. 
Refer to Group note 21 for details of the transaction. Additions represent investment of £1.0 million (2020: £2.1 million) relating to employee 
share-based payment costs under IFRS 2 and £8.3 million (2020: £8.3 million) interest accrued on existing loans to Group companies. 

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries were reviewed for indicators of impairment as at 31 December 2021. Impairments of £5.8 million 
(2020: £42.3 million) are recorded against the investments which are not supported by the subsidiaries’ underlying net asset values.

The Company’s loans to Group companies were reviewed for expected credit loss as at 31 December 2021. Credit loss allowance of £107.8 
million (2020: £100.1 million) is recorded against the loans to Group companies arising from the estimated discounting in respect of the likely 
timing of future receipts against balances that are technically repayable on demand. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
99

2 Investments in subsidiaries continued
At 31 December 2021, the Company had investments in the following 100% owned subsidiaries:

Name of company

Principal activity and Country of incorporation

Registered office address

Subsidiaries directly held by the Company:
Dart Energy Pty Ltd*

Investment holding, Australia

Island Gas Limited

Island Gas Operations Limited

IGas Energy Enterprise Limited

Star Energy Group Limited

Oil and gas exploration, development  
and production, England
Dormant, England

Oil and gas exploration, development  
and production, England
Service company, England

Star Energy Limited

Service company, England

Star Energy Weald Basin Limited

Oil and gas processing, England

GT Energy UK Limited

Development of deep geothermal heat 
projects, England 

Subsidiaries indirectly held by the Company:
Island Gas (Singleton) Limited

No operations but not dormant, England

Dart Energy (Europe) Limited

Investment holding, Scotland

Dart Energy (East England) Limited

Shale gas exploration, England

Dart Energy (West England) Limited

Shale gas exploration, England

IGas Energy Development Limited

IGas Energy Production Limited

Greenpark Energy Transportation Limited

Oil and gas exploration, development  
and production, England
Oil and gas exploration, development  
and production, Scotland
Dormant, England

Dart Energy (India) Pty Limited *

Investment holding, Australia

Dart Energy India Services Pvt Limited*

Service company, India

c/o PwC Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane 
QLD 4000
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX

Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
c/o Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) LLP,  
2 Semple Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BL
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
c/o Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) LLP,  
2 Semple Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BL
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
C/O PwC Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane 
QLD 4000
804-805, 8th Floor, Tower B, Global Business 
Park, M.G Road, Gurugram, Harvana

Dart Energy International Limited**
Dart Energy (Europe) Pte Limited **
Dart Energy (ST) Pte Limited *
Dart Energy (AS) Pte Limited *

Investment holding – dormant, Singapore
Investment holding, Singapore

80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898

*   These entities are in the process of being struck-off/liquidated.
** These entities have been struck-off/dissolved during the financial year.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements100

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

3 Property, plant and equipment

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Buildings  
£000 

Motor 
vehicles 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Buildings 
£000 

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Motor
vehicles 
£000 

2021  

464 
(464) 

– 

444 
20 
(464) 

– 

– 

86 
(42) 

44 

85 
1 
(42) 

44 

– 

20 
– 

20 

20 
– 
– 

20 

– 

570 
(506) 

64 

549 
21 
(506) 

64 

– 

464 
– 

464 

409 
35 
– 

444 

20 

96 
(10) 

86 

94 
1 
(10) 

85 

1 

20 
– 

20 

20 
– 
– 

20 

– 

2020

Total
£000

580
(10)

570

523
36
(10)

549

21

Cost
At 1 January 
Disposals/write-offs 

At 31 December 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment
At 1 January 
Charge for the year 
Disposals/write-offs 

At 31 December 

NBV at 31 December 

4 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 
Less: Credit loss allowance* 
VAT recoverable 
Prepayments 

*  Refer to note 10 for credit risk.

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

48,674 
(25,736) 
12 
178 

23,128 

44,252
(25,736)
65
193

18,774

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and payment terms are as mutually agreed between the Group’s 
companies. Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are stated after the expected credit loss allowance of £25.7 million (31 December 2020: 
£25.7 million). Due to the short-term nature of the current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

255 

280

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

255 
(14,836) 
(14,581) 

(669) 

280
(13,695)
(13,415)

(937)

(15,250) 

(14,352)

Cash and cash  
equivalents  
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

2021  

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

280 
(812) 
1,432 
(756) 
(7) 
118 
– 

(13,695) 
– 
(1,432) 
756 
(198) 
– 
(267) 

(13,415) 
(812) 
– 
– 
(205) 
118 
(267) 

255 

(14,836) 

(14,581) 

4,232 
(940) 
5,544 
(4,645) 
(15) 
(3,896) 
– 

280 

Borrowings  
£000 

(13,071) 
– 
(5,544) 
4,645 
610 
– 
(335) 

(13,695) 

2020

Total
£000

(8,839)
(940)
–
–
595
(3,896)
(335)

(13,415)

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

(13) 
(23) 
(147,555) 
(455) 

(19)
(19)
(140,452)
(215)

(148,046) 

(140,705)

5 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings  
Net debt 

Borrowings – capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

At 1 January 
Interest paid on borrowing 
Drawdown of RBL (note 8) 
Repayment of RBL (note 8) 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non-cash movements 

At 31 December 

6 Trade and other payables

Trade creditors 
Taxation and social security 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Accruals and other creditors 

Trade creditors are unsecured and usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and are repayable on demand. 

The carrying value of each of the Company’s financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

7 Taxation
Tax losses, none of which are considered sufficiently certain of utilisation to recognise deferred tax assets, amount to:

Excess management expenses 
Non-trade loan relationship debits 

8 Borrowings

RBL – secured (non-current) 

Year ended  
31 December  
2021 
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

19,134 
47,905 

19,134
47,905

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

(14,836) 

(13,695)

The carrying amounts of each of the Company’s financial liabilities included within borrowings are considered to be a reasonable approximation 
of their fair value. 

Reserves Based Lending facility 
On 3 October 2019, the Company announced that it had signed a $40.0 million RBL with BMO. In addition to the committed $40.0 million RBL, 
a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments. 
The RBL has a five-year term, an interest rate of USD LIBOR plus 4.0%, matures in September 2024 and is secured on the Company’s assets. 
The Company is continuing preparation for transition to incorporate alternative risk-free rates and is monitoring the market and discussing the 
potential changes with its counterparties in order to effectively transition from USD LIBOR to alternative risk-free rates. Management does not 
expect any material impact on its financial position and performance resulting from this transition.

The RBL is subject to a semi-annual redetermination in May and November when the loan availability will be recalculated taking into account 
forecast commodity prices, remaining field reserves (assessed by an independent reserves auditor annually) and the latest forecast of operating 
and capital costs. As at 31 December 2021, the Group had successfully completed the November 2021 redetermination which confirmed an 
available facility limit of $26.2 million.

Under the terms of the RBL, the Company is subject to a financial covenant whereby, as at 30 June and 31 December each year, the ratio of Net 
Debt at the period end to EBITDAX for the previous 12 months shall be less than or equal to 3.5:1.

Collateral against borrowing
A Security Agreement was executed between BMO and IGas Energy plc and some of its subsidiaries, namely: Island Gas Limited, Island Gas 
Operations Limited, Star Energy Weald Basin Limited, Star Energy Group Limited, Star Energy Limited, Island Gas (Singleton) Limited, Dart Energy 
(East England) Limited, Dart Energy (West England) Limited, IGas Energy Development Limited, IGas Energy Enterprise Limited, Dart Energy 
(Europe) Limited and IGas Energy Production Limited.

Under the terms of this Agreement, BMO have a floating charge over all of the assets of these legal entities, other than property, assets, rights and 
revenue detailed in a fixed charge. The fixed charge encompasses the real property (freehold and/or leasehold property), the specific petroleum 
licences, all pipelines, plant, machinery, vehicles, fixtures, fittings, computers, office and other equipment, all related property rights, all bank 
accounts, shares and assigned agreements and rights including related property rights (hedging agreements, all assigned intergroup receivables 
and each required insurance and the insurance proceeds). 

9 Provisions

At 1 January 
Acquisitions 
Unwinding of discount 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 

At 31 December 

Current 

Non-current 

2021  
£000 

(3,024) 
– 
(277) 
570 

(2,731) 

(280) 

(2,451) 

2020
£000

–
(2,784)
(60)
(180)

(3,024)

(293)

(2,731)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103

9 Provisions continued
Contingent consideration
The carrying value of contingent consideration relates to the GT Energy acquisition in 2020, as explained in the Group consolidated financial 
statements note 21. The change in fair value is primarily related to the increase in fair value of IGas plc shares from the previous year end,  
as the consideration is payable in shares. 

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
The principal assumptions in calculating the fair value of contingent consideration is the probability assigned to milestone payments and the 
share price at valuation date. Management performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the key assumptions. An increase 
in the probability of the scenario which would result in the maximum pay out by 5% would result in an increase in the contingent consideration 
provision by £0.3 million (2020: £0.3 million). An increase in the share price at valuation date by 10% would result in an increase in the 
contingent consideration provision by £0.2 million (2020: £0.2 million). 

10 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair value hierarchy
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either 

directly or indirectly; and 

•  Level 3: valuation techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable 

market data. 

There are no non-recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised into the fair value hierarchy as at the reporting dates as follows:

Financial liabilities:  
Contingent consideration (note 9) 

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

Level 

3 

(2,731) 

(3,024)

Financial risk management
The Company’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings, foreign exchange contracts and trade and other payables, including amounts 
due to subsidiary undertakings. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Company’s subsidiary operations and to fund 
acquisitions. The Company has trade and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents that are derived directly from its operations. 

The Company manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy  
is to support the Company’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Company is exposed to the following risks:

•  Market risk including interest rate, and foreign currency risks;
•  Credit risk; and
•  Liquidity risk.

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. It is the Company’s policy that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Company. The Company does not use derivative 
financial instruments for speculative exposures.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors,  
such as interest rate and foreign currency. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt and the proportion of financial instruments  
in foreign currencies are all constant and that derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the sensitivity  
to changes in market variables on the Company’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity,  
where applicable. 

Interest rate risk
The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s loans with related parties and the  
RBL with BMO (see note 8 for further details).

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in interest rates on the fair value of the loans to related parties and 
the drawn RBL balance. The analysis is based on the assumption that LIBOR moves 50 basis points, with all other variables held constant. 

50 basis point increase in LIBOR 
50 basis point decrease in LIBOR 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

314 
(314) 

320
(320)

Foreign currency risk
The Company has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from purchases in currencies other than the UK pounds sterling, the 
functional currency of the Company. The Company’s borrowings are also denominated in US dollars.

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in the US dollar/UK pound sterling exchange rate on financial assets 
and liabilities as at the year end, principally relating to the Group’s borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact on equity is the 
same as the impact on profit before tax

The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

1,538 
(1,538) 

1,452
(1,452)

Credit risk
With respect to credit risk arising from the financial assets of the Company, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and amounts due from 
subsidiary undertakings, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the 
carrying amount of these instruments. The expected credit loss allowance against amounts due from subsidiary undertakings amounts to  
£25.7 million (31 December 2020: £25.7 million). The Company limits its counterparty credit risk on cash and cash equivalents by dealing only 
with financial institutions with credit ratings of at least A or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder. £0.3 million 
(2020: £0.3 million) of cash and cash equivalents were held with two institutions. 

The loans to subsidiaries are considered to have low credit risk, and the loss allowance recognised during the period was therefore limited to  
12 months’ expected losses apart from two loans which were provided for in full. The expected credit loss allowance against loans to subsidiaries 
amounts to £107.9 million (2020: £100.1 million). Management consider ‘low credit risk’ to be when they have a low risk of default and the issuer 
has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105

10 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
The loss allowance for the loan to subsidiary and amounts due from subsidiary undertakings as at 31 December reconciles to the opening loss 
allowance as follows:

Opening loss allowance at 1 January 
Increase in 12 month expected loss allowance recognised in income statement during the year 
Increase in lifetime expected credit loss allowance recognised in income statement during the year 

Closing loss allowance at 31 December 

Loan to subsidiary

2021  
£000 

125,838 
364 
7,385 

133,587 

2020
£000

119,765
765
5,308

125,838

Liquidity risk
The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual 
cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

On demand  
£000 

<1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

At 31 December 2021 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

At 31 December 2020 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
(13) 

(13) 

– 
(19) 

(19) 

(6,645) 
– 

(6,645) 

(8,860) 
– 

(8,860) 

– 
– 

– 

(15,505)
(13)

(15,518)

– 
– 

– 

(3,424) 
– 

(3,424) 

(10,271) 
– 

(10,271) 

(13,695)
(19)

(13,714)

Capital management
The Company manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder 
value. The Company’s funding requirements are met through a combination of debt and equity and are adjustments made in light of changes 
in economic conditions. The Company’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with its secured Reserves Based Lending 
facility (see note 8).

The Company monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Company includes within net debt, 
interest-bearing loans less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in net debt. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves 
and accumulated profits/losses.

The Company signed a new $40.0 million RBL with BMO on 3 October 2019. In addition to the committed $40.0 million RBL, a further $20.0 
million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments (see note 8). 
Management believe that the new financing structure will be sustainable in the current oil price environment and that the Company is well 
positioned to pursue its strategy.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

11 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10p each of the Company into one 
new ordinary share of 0.0001p each and one deferred share of 9.9999p each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 14 June 2017, 
the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number of shares in issue to 
that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001p each were consolidated 
into one new ordinary share of 0.02p each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002p. The consolidation and subdivision 
reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Issued and fully paid
At 1 January 2020 

2020 SIP share issue – partnership 
2020 SIP share issue – matching 
Shares issued in respect of salary sacrifice scheme  
Shares issued for acquisitions (Group note 21) 
Shares issued in lieu of Directors’ fees  

At 31 December 2020 

2021 SIP share issue – partnership 
2021 SIP share issue – matching 
Shares issued in respect of MRP exercises 

At 31 December 2021 

Ordinary shares*   

Deferred shares      
**

Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

Share 
 capital 

Nominal
value 
£000 

Share
premium

Value
£000

122,360,175 

288,363 
285,362 
1,235,168 
377,586 
250,515 

124,797,169 

303,767 
381,026 
13,543 

125,495,505 

2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2 

– 
– 
– 

2 

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,680

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

56
56
–
84
30

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,906

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

40
46
–

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,992

*   During 2020, all remaining shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust were disposed. See Group note 25 for further details.
** Deferred shares were created on the capital restructuring which completed in April 2017. 

Accordingly, the Company share capital account comprised:

Share capital account 
At 1 January 2020 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2020 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2021 

£000

30,333
–1

30,333
–1

30,333

1 Given the low par value, the financial impact of share issues in the year rounds to zero. 

Share premium
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 698,336 ordinary shares (2020: 2,436,994 ordinary shares), resulting in an increase in share premium 
of £0.1 million (2020: £0.2 million). No costs in relation to the share issue were incurred during the year (2020: nil). 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107

Capital 
contributions 
£000 

47 
– 
– 

47 

– 
– 

47 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 
– 
– 

22,222 

– 
– 

Total
£000

32,781
2,298
38

35,117

1,110
30

22,222 

36,257

EIP 
Number  
of units 

5,546,790 
5,546,790 

5,434,470 
– 
(1,676,177) 

9,305,083 
9,305,083 

2,500,000 
– 
(1,678,077) 

MRP 
Number 
of units 

439,932 
439,932 

2,326,743 
(1,511,715) 
– 

1,254,960 
1,254,960 

– 
(13,532) 
– 

EDRP
Number
of units

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

10,127,006 

1,241,428 

325,000

10,127,006 

1,241,428 

325,000

12 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

Share plan  

Treasury 
reserves   shares reserve 
£000 

£000 

Balance at 1 January 2020 
Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 

Balance at 31 December 2021 

11,933 
2,298 
– 

14,231 

1,110 
– 

15,341 

(1,421) 
– 
38 

(1,383) 

– 
30 

(1,353) 

Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2020 
Exercisable at 1 January 2020 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2020 
Exercisable at 31 December 2020 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2021 

Exercisable at 31 December 2021 

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil. 

Detailed disclosure of each employee share plan scheme is in the Group consolidated financial statements note 25. 

Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
The total charge for the year was £0.17 million (2020: £0.27 million). Of this amount, £nil (2020: £nil) was capitalised and £0.17 million (2020: 
£0.27 million) was charged to the income statement.

Management Retention Plan (MRP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2020: £0.08 million). Of this amount, £nil (2020: £nil) was capitalised or recharged to joint venture 
partners and £nil (2020: £0.08) was charged to the income statement.

Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2020: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2020: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2020: £nil) was charged to the 
income statement.

Other share-based payments
Detailed disclosure of other share-based payments is in the Group consolidated financial statements note 25.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2020: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2020: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2020: £nil) was charged to the 
income statement.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents the 
difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2021 continued

13 Related party transactions
(a) With Group companies
A summary of the transactions in the year is as follows:

Amounts due from/(to) subsidiaries: 
At 1 January 
Services performed (for)/by subsidiary 
Net cash advances 
Group loan interest 
Allowance for credit loss 
Revaluations 

At 31 December 

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings (note 4) 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings (note 6) 
Loans to Group companies (note 2) 

Total 

2021  
£000 

2020
£000

27,261 
396 
(1,986) 
8,258 
(7,749) 
(1,091) 

25,089 

20,159
61
1,056
8,281
(6,073)
3,777

27,261

31 December  
2021  
£000 

31 December
2020
£000

22,938 
(147,555) 
149,706 

25,089 

18,516
(140,452)
149,197

27,261

Payment terms for balances due to or from subsidiaries are as mutually agreed between the Group’s companies. The payment terms in respect  
of loans are detailed in note 2.

(b) With Directors
Key management as defined by IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, controlling 
and directing the activities of the Company. In the opinion of the Board, the Company’s key management are the Directors of the Company. 
Information regarding their compensation is given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

14 Subsequent events
On 26 January 2022, the Group issued 144,232 ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Group’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued at 
£0.1455 resulting in share premium of £20,983.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oil and Gas Reserves
as at 31 December 2021

109

The Group’s estimate of proved plus probable reserves at 31 December 2021 is based on an independent evaluation of IGas’s conventional 
oil and gas interests prepared by D&M, a leading international reserves and resources auditors. Proved reserves are estimated reserves that 
geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years under existing economic and operating 
conditions, while probable reserves are estimated reserves determined to be more likely than not to be recoverable in future years under 
existing economic and operating conditions.

All of the Group’s oil and gas assets are located in the United Kingdom.

Group proved plus probable reserves

At 1 January 2021 
Additions during the year 
Revision of previous estimates 
Production 

Total change during the year 

At 31 December 2021 

Oil  
mmbbls 

15.51 
– 
(0.60) 
(0.64) 

(1.24) 

14.27 

Gas 
Bcf 

9.38 
– 
(0.17) 
(0.42) 

(0.59) 

8.79 

Total
mmboe

17.12
–
(0.62)
(0.71)

(1.33)

15.79

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110

IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests

Licence

Fields

Area  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

East Midlands

AL 009

ML 3

ML 4

ML 6

ML 7

Dunholme

Egmanton

Gainsborough, Beckingham, Corringham, Glentworth

Bothamsall

South Leverton

PEDL 006

Cold Hanworth

PEDL 012

PEDL 139

PEDL 140

PEDL 169

PEDL 210

Hemswell

PEDL 273

PEDL 278

PEDL 305

PEDL 316

PL 178

PL 179

PL 199

PL 220

West Beckingham

Welton, Stainton, Nettleham, Scampton South, 
Scampton North, East Glentworth 

Nettleham

Long Clawson, Rempstone

Weald Basin

DL 002

DL 004

ML 18

ML 21

Stockbridge

Albury

Bletchingley 

Bletchingley 

PEDL 021

Goodworth

PEDL 070

Avington

PEDL 235

Godley Bridge

PEDL 257

Lingfield

PEDL 326

PL 182

PL 205

PL 211

PL 233

PL 240

PL 249

Palmers Wood

Storrington

Horndean

Stockbridge

Singleton

Stockbridge

9

26

72

11

11

136

33

100

142

62

116

194

38

143

111

2

107

4

13

10

14

8

9

50

18

100

28

95

55

18

27

58

46

16

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

55%

32%

32%

80%

75%

55%

50%

55%

55%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

54%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

100%

100%

100%

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

IGas

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

IGas

Egdon

IGas

INEOS

IGas

Egdon, INEOS

IGas

Egdon

IGas

Egdon, INEOS

IGas

Egdon, INEOS

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

Egdon, Aurora, UKOG, Corfe

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

UKOG

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021111

Licence

Fields

North West

EXL 273

PEDL 145

PEDL 147

PEDL 184

PEDL 189

PEDL 190

PEDL 193

PEDL 293

PEDL 295

Scotland

P 1270

PEDL 158

Lybster

Lybster

Area  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

48

74

89

286

100

94

296

200

200

16

46

15%

40%

25%

50%

25%

50%

40%

30%

30%

100%

100%

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

IGas

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements112

Glossary

£  

$  

1P 

2P  

3P  

1C  

2C  

3C  

AIM  

BCF  

The lawful currency of the United Kingdom

The lawful currency of the United States of America

Low estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Best estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

High estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Low estimate or low case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

Best estimate or mid case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

High estimate or high case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

AIM market of the London Stock Exchange

Billions of standard cubic feet of gas

boepd  

Barrels of oil equivalent per day

bopd  

CCC  

Contingent  
Recoverable  
Resource  

Barrels of oil per day

Committee on Climate Change

Contingent Recoverable Resource estimates are prepared in accordance with the Petroleum Resources Management System 
(PRMS), an industry recognised standard. A Contingent Recoverable Resource is defined as discovered potentially recoverable 
quantities of hydrocarbons where there is no current certainty that it will be commercially viable to produce any portion of 
the contingent resources evaluated. Contingent Recoverable Resources are further divided into three status groups: marginal, 
sub-marginal, and undetermined. IGas’s Contingent Recoverable Resources all fall into the undetermined group. Undetermined  
is the status group where it is considered premature to clearly define the ultimate chance of commerciality.

GIIP  

m  

Mbbl 

Gas initially in place

Million

Thousands of barrels

MMboe  

Millions of barrels of oil equivalent

MMscfd  

Millions of standard cubic feet per day

mmstb 

Million stock tank barrels of oil

NBP  

NBV 

PEDL  

PL  

National balancing point – a virtual trading location for the sale and purchase and exchange of UK natural gas

Net Book Value

United Kingdom petroleum exploration and development licence

Production licence

RoSPA 

Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents

TCF  

UK  

Trillions of standard cubic feet of gas

United Kingdom

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

113

General Information

Banker
Barclays Bank
1 Churchill Place
London, E14 5HP

Registered office
Welton Gathering Centre
Barfield Lane off Wragby Road
Sudbrooke
Lincoln, LN2 2QX

Directors
C McDowell – Interim Non-executive Chairman
S Bowler – Chief Executive Officer
P Jackson – Non-executive
T Kumar – Non-executive
C Hopkinson – Non-executive
K Coppinger – Non-executive

Company Secretary
Thamala Perera Schuetze

Nominated Adviser and Joint Broker
Investec Bank plc
30 Gresham Street
London, EC2V 7QP

Joint Broker
Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street
London, EC2V 7QR

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services plc
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol, BS13 8AE

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place
London, WC2N 6RH

Design and Production
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

 
 
 
IGas Energy plc
Welton Gathering Centre
Barfield Lane off Wragby Road 
Sudbrooke
Lincoln, LN2 2QX

+44 (0)20 7993 9899
www.igasplc.com